Sema.h revision a36bbac10f7b74ef198ec2fb0eb52dbd8a50e7f0
1//===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and 11// builds ASTs. 12// 13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15#ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 16#define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H 17 18#include "clang/AST/Attr.h" 19#include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h" 20#include "clang/AST/Expr.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h" 23#include "clang/AST/LambdaMangleContext.h" 24#include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h" 25#include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h" 26#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27#include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h" 28#include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h" 29#include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h" 30#include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h" 31#include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h" 32#include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" 33#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h" 34#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 35#include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h" 36#include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h" 37#include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h" 38#include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h" 39#include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h" 40#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 41#include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h" 42#include "clang/Sema/Weak.h" 43#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h" 44#include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h" 45#include "llvm/ADT/OwningPtr.h" 46#include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h" 47#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h" 48#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h" 49#include "llvm/MC/MCParser/MCAsmParser.h" 50#include <deque> 51#include <string> 52#include <vector> 53 54namespace llvm { 55 class APSInt; 56 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo; 57 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet; 58 class SmallBitVector; 59} 60 61namespace clang { 62 class ADLResult; 63 class ASTConsumer; 64 class ASTContext; 65 class ASTMutationListener; 66 class ASTReader; 67 class ASTWriter; 68 class ArrayType; 69 class AttributeList; 70 class BlockDecl; 71 class CapturedDecl; 72 class CXXBasePath; 73 class CXXBasePaths; 74 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr; 75 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath; 76 class CXXConstructorDecl; 77 class CXXConversionDecl; 78 class CXXDestructorDecl; 79 class CXXFieldCollector; 80 class CXXMemberCallExpr; 81 class CXXMethodDecl; 82 class CXXScopeSpec; 83 class CXXTemporary; 84 class CXXTryStmt; 85 class CallExpr; 86 class ClassTemplateDecl; 87 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl; 88 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl; 89 class CodeCompleteConsumer; 90 class CodeCompletionAllocator; 91 class CodeCompletionTUInfo; 92 class CodeCompletionResult; 93 class Decl; 94 class DeclAccessPair; 95 class DeclContext; 96 class DeclRefExpr; 97 class DeclaratorDecl; 98 class DeducedTemplateArgument; 99 class DependentDiagnostic; 100 class DesignatedInitExpr; 101 class Designation; 102 class EnumConstantDecl; 103 class Expr; 104 class ExtVectorType; 105 class ExternalSemaSource; 106 class FormatAttr; 107 class FriendDecl; 108 class FunctionDecl; 109 class FunctionProtoType; 110 class FunctionTemplateDecl; 111 class ImplicitConversionSequence; 112 class InitListExpr; 113 class InitializationKind; 114 class InitializationSequence; 115 class InitializedEntity; 116 class IntegerLiteral; 117 class LabelStmt; 118 class LambdaExpr; 119 class LangOptions; 120 class LocalInstantiationScope; 121 class LookupResult; 122 class MacroInfo; 123 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList; 124 class NamedDecl; 125 class NonNullAttr; 126 class ObjCCategoryDecl; 127 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl; 128 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl; 129 class ObjCContainerDecl; 130 class ObjCImplDecl; 131 class ObjCImplementationDecl; 132 class ObjCInterfaceDecl; 133 class ObjCIvarDecl; 134 template <class T> class ObjCList; 135 class ObjCMessageExpr; 136 class ObjCMethodDecl; 137 class ObjCPropertyDecl; 138 class ObjCProtocolDecl; 139 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl; 140 class OverloadCandidateSet; 141 class OverloadExpr; 142 class ParenListExpr; 143 class ParmVarDecl; 144 class Preprocessor; 145 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage; 146 class PseudoObjectExpr; 147 class QualType; 148 class StandardConversionSequence; 149 class Stmt; 150 class StringLiteral; 151 class SwitchStmt; 152 class TargetAttributesSema; 153 class TemplateArgument; 154 class TemplateArgumentList; 155 class TemplateArgumentLoc; 156 class TemplateDecl; 157 class TemplateParameterList; 158 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext; 159 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl; 160 class Token; 161 class TypeAliasDecl; 162 class TypedefDecl; 163 class TypedefNameDecl; 164 class TypeLoc; 165 class UnqualifiedId; 166 class UnresolvedLookupExpr; 167 class UnresolvedMemberExpr; 168 class UnresolvedSetImpl; 169 class UnresolvedSetIterator; 170 class UsingDecl; 171 class UsingShadowDecl; 172 class ValueDecl; 173 class VarDecl; 174 class VisibilityAttr; 175 class VisibleDeclConsumer; 176 class IndirectFieldDecl; 177 178namespace sema { 179 class AccessedEntity; 180 class BlockScopeInfo; 181 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo; 182 class CapturingScopeInfo; 183 class CompoundScopeInfo; 184 class DelayedDiagnostic; 185 class DelayedDiagnosticPool; 186 class FunctionScopeInfo; 187 class LambdaScopeInfo; 188 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag; 189 class TemplateDeductionInfo; 190} 191 192// FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to 193// TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion. 194typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>, 195 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack; 196 197/// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C. 198class Sema { 199 Sema(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 200 void operator=(const Sema &) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 201 mutable const TargetAttributesSema* TheTargetAttributesSema; 202 203 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information. 204 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource; 205 206 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it. 207 bool isMultiplexExternalSource; 208 209 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD); 210 211 static bool 212 shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old, const NamedDecl *New) { 213 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of 214 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will 215 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and 216 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we 217 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain 218 // with internal linkage. 219 return !Old->isHidden() || New->hasExternalLinkage(); 220 } 221 222public: 223 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy; 224 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy; 225 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy; 226 227 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures; 228 FPOptions FPFeatures; 229 230 const LangOptions &LangOpts; 231 Preprocessor &PP; 232 ASTContext &Context; 233 ASTConsumer &Consumer; 234 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags; 235 SourceManager &SourceMgr; 236 237 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics. 238 bool CollectStats; 239 240 /// \brief Code-completion consumer. 241 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter; 242 243 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing. 244 DeclContext *CurContext; 245 246 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts, 247 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext. 248 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext; 249 250 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag. 251 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results. 252 DeclarationName VAListTagName; 253 254 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment 255 /// of 0 indicates default alignment. 256 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*" 257 258 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on 259 260 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility. 261 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*" 262 263 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression. 264 /// 265 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions 266 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions. 267 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr; 268 269 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context 270 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion. 271 bool ExprNeedsCleanups; 272 273 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring 274 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The 275 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object. 276 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects; 277 278 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs; 279 280 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested 281 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active. 282 /// 283 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first 284 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo 285 /// that's used to parse every top-level function. 286 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes; 287 288 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 289 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2> 290 ExtVectorDeclsType; 291 292 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows 293 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names. 294 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics. 295 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls; 296 297 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes. 298 OwningPtr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector; 299 300 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType; 301 302 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used. 303 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields; 304 305 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy; 306 307 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have 308 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the 309 /// same list more than once. 310 OwningPtr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet; 311 312 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which 313 /// we are currently parsing the initializer. 314 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars; 315 316 /// \brief A mapping from external names to the most recent 317 /// locally-scoped extern "C" declaration with that name. 318 /// 319 /// This map contains external declarations introduced in local 320 /// scopes, e.g., 321 /// 322 /// \code 323 /// extern "C" void f() { 324 /// void foo(int, int); 325 /// } 326 /// \endcode 327 /// 328 /// Here, the name "foo" will be associated with the declaration of 329 /// "foo" within f. This name is not visible outside of 330 /// "f". However, we still find it in two cases: 331 /// 332 /// - If we are declaring another global or extern "C" entity with 333 /// the name "foo", we can find "foo" as a previous declaration, 334 /// so that the types of this external declaration can be checked 335 /// for compatibility. 336 /// 337 /// - If we would implicitly declare "foo" (e.g., due to a call to 338 /// "foo" in C when no prototype or definition is visible), then 339 /// we find this declaration of "foo" and complain that it is 340 /// not visible. 341 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *> LocallyScopedExternCDecls; 342 343 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name. 344 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator 345 findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name); 346 347 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 348 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2> 349 TentativeDefinitionsType; 350 351 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU. 352 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions; 353 354 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 355 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2> 356 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType; 357 358 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used 359 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration. 360 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls; 361 362 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 363 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2> 364 DelegatingCtorDeclsType; 365 366 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for 367 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU. 368 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls; 369 370 /// \brief All the destructors seen during a class definition that had their 371 /// exception spec computation delayed because it depended on an unparsed 372 /// exception spec. 373 SmallVector<CXXDestructorDecl*, 2> DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecs; 374 375 /// \brief All the overriding destructors seen during a class definition 376 /// (there could be multiple due to nested classes) that had their exception 377 /// spec checks delayed, plus the overridden destructor. 378 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXDestructorDecl*, 379 const CXXDestructorDecl*>, 2> 380 DelayedDestructorExceptionSpecChecks; 381 382 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both 383 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception 384 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their 385 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications 386 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to 387 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and 388 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete. 389 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2> 390 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs; 391 392 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed. 393 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, const FunctionDecl *FD); 394 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser; 395 void *OpaqueParser; 396 397 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP, void *P) { 398 LateTemplateParser = LTP; 399 OpaqueParser = P; 400 } 401 402 class DelayedDiagnostics; 403 404 class DelayedDiagnosticsState { 405 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool; 406 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics; 407 }; 408 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState; 409 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState; 410 411 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics 412 /// during parsing and other processing. 413 class DelayedDiagnostics { 414 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed 415 /// diagnostics should go. 416 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool; 417 418 public: 419 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(0) {} 420 421 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic. 422 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h 423 424 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed. 425 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != 0; } 426 427 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool. 428 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const { 429 return CurPool; 430 } 431 432 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be 433 /// collected in this pool. 434 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 435 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 436 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 437 CurPool = &pool; 438 return state; 439 } 440 441 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed. 442 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part 443 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly". 444 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 445 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 446 } 447 448 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are 449 /// not delayed. 450 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() { 451 DelayedDiagnosticsState state; 452 state.SavedPool = CurPool; 453 CurPool = 0; 454 return state; 455 } 456 457 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed(). 458 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) { 459 assert(CurPool == NULL); 460 CurPool = state.SavedPool; 461 } 462 } DelayedDiagnostics; 463 464 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context. 465 class ContextRAII { 466 private: 467 Sema &S; 468 DeclContext *SavedContext; 469 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState; 470 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 471 472 public: 473 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush) 474 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext), 475 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()), 476 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride) 477 { 478 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context"); 479 S.CurContext = ContextToPush; 480 } 481 482 void pop() { 483 if (!SavedContext) return; 484 S.CurContext = SavedContext; 485 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState); 486 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride; 487 SavedContext = 0; 488 } 489 490 ~ContextRAII() { 491 pop(); 492 } 493 }; 494 495 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize 496 /// a function body. 497 class SynthesizedFunctionScope { 498 Sema &S; 499 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext; 500 501 public: 502 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC) 503 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC) 504 { 505 S.PushFunctionScope(); 506 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated); 507 } 508 509 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() { 510 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 511 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo(); 512 } 513 }; 514 515 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 516 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another 517 /// identifier, declared or undeclared 518 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers; 519 520 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in 521 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers 522 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version 523 /// in the currently selected standard. 524 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers; 525 526 527 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source. 528 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers(); 529 530 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by 531 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls. 532 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so 533 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack. 534 /// It would be best to refactor this. 535 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl; 536 537 IdentifierResolver IdResolver; 538 539 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need 540 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace. 541 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc. 542 Scope *TUScope; 543 544 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides. 545 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace; 546 547 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++ 548 /// standard library. 549 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc; 550 551 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in 552 /// \<initializer_list>. 553 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList; 554 555 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>. 556 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl; 557 558 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files. 559 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl; 560 561 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs. 562 OwningPtr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj; 563 564 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class. 565 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl; 566 567 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *). 568 QualType NSNumberPointer; 569 570 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals. 571 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods]; 572 573 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class. 574 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl; 575 576 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *). 577 QualType NSStringPointer; 578 579 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method. 580 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod; 581 582 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class. 583 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl; 584 585 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method. 586 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod; 587 588 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class. 589 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl; 590 591 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method. 592 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod; 593 594 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type. 595 QualType QIDNSCopying; 596 597 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:' 598 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel; 599 600 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete 601 /// have been declared. 602 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared; 603 604 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract 605 /// references to fields. This is really a 606 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference; 607 608 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are 609 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all. 610 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext { 611 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an 612 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of 613 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but 614 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at 615 /// run time. 616 Unevaluated, 617 618 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated 619 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to 620 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly. 621 UnevaluatedAbstract, 622 623 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms, 624 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of 625 /// cases in a switch statment). 626 ConstantEvaluated, 627 628 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time, 629 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the 630 /// expression at run time. 631 PotentiallyEvaluated, 632 633 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any 634 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if 635 /// in fact the current expression is used. 636 /// 637 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which 638 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments 639 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced" 640 /// until the default argument is used. 641 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed 642 }; 643 644 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested 645 /// expression evaluation contexts. 646 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord { 647 /// \brief The expression evaluation context. 648 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context; 649 650 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup. 651 bool ParentNeedsCleanups; 652 653 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression. 654 bool IsDecltype; 655 656 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered 657 /// this expression evaluation context. 658 unsigned NumCleanupObjects; 659 660 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs; 661 662 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it 663 /// is indeed an unevaluated context. 664 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas; 665 666 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for the lambda expression 667 /// if the normal declaration context does not suffice, e.g., in a 668 /// default function argument. 669 Decl *LambdaContextDecl; 670 671 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions 672 /// within this context. 673 /// 674 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts 675 /// do not have lambda expressions. 676 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<LambdaMangleContext> LambdaMangle; 677 678 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions 679 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type. 680 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls; 681 682 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding 683 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor. 684 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds; 685 686 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context, 687 unsigned NumCleanupObjects, 688 bool ParentNeedsCleanups, 689 Decl *LambdaContextDecl, 690 bool IsDecltype) 691 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups), 692 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects), 693 LambdaContextDecl(LambdaContextDecl), LambdaMangle() { } 694 695 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling context for lambdas. 696 LambdaMangleContext &getLambdaMangleContext() { 697 assert(LambdaContextDecl && "Need to have a lambda context declaration"); 698 if (!LambdaMangle) 699 LambdaMangle = new LambdaMangleContext; 700 return *LambdaMangle; 701 } 702 703 bool isUnevaluated() const { 704 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract; 705 } 706 }; 707 708 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts. 709 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts; 710 711 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member 712 /// function. 713 /// 714 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the 715 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded. 716 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode { 717 public: 718 enum Kind { 719 NoMemberOrDeleted, 720 Ambiguous, 721 Success 722 }; 723 724 private: 725 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair; 726 727 public: 728 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID) 729 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID) 730 {} 731 732 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); } 733 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); } 734 735 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); } 736 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); } 737 }; 738 739 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results 740 /// for C++ records. 741 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache; 742 743 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing. 744 /// 745 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform 746 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating 747 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has 748 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of 749 /// checks. 750 TranslationUnitKind TUKind; 751 752 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc; 753 754 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped. 755 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors; 756 757 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 1> > 758 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap; 759 760 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the 761 /// set of instantiations of each parameter. 762 /// 763 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing 764 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates, 765 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the 766 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed. 767 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations; 768 769 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default 770 // argument locations. 771 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs; 772 773 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a 774 /// definition in this translation unit. 775 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed; 776 777 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used. 778 void getUndefinedButUsed( 779 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined); 780 781 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods; 782 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool; 783 784 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id". 785 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures 786 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1% 787 /// of selectors are "overloaded"). 788 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2 789 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector. 790 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool; 791 792 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation 793 /// of -Wselector. 794 llvm::DenseMap<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors; 795 796 /// Kinds of C++ special members. 797 enum CXXSpecialMember { 798 CXXDefaultConstructor, 799 CXXCopyConstructor, 800 CXXMoveConstructor, 801 CXXCopyAssignment, 802 CXXMoveAssignment, 803 CXXDestructor, 804 CXXInvalid 805 }; 806 807 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl; 808 809 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of 810 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the 811 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared. 812 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared; 813 814 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel); 815 816 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'. 817 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr); 818 819 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be 820 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and 821 /// should not be used elsewhere. 822 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID); 823 824 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound 825 /// statements. 826 class FPContractStateRAII { 827 public: 828 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S) 829 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {} 830 ~FPContractStateRAII() { 831 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState; 832 } 833 private: 834 Sema& S; 835 bool OldFPContractState : 1; 836 }; 837 838 typedef llvm::MCAsmParserSemaCallback::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo 839 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo; 840 841public: 842 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer, 843 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete, 844 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = 0); 845 ~Sema(); 846 847 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been 848 /// initialized but before it parses anything. 849 void Initialize(); 850 851 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; } 852 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; } 853 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; } 854 855 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; } 856 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; } 857 const TargetAttributesSema &getTargetAttributesSema() const; 858 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; } 859 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; } 860 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; } 861 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const; 862 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; } 863 864 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists, 865 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it. 866 /// 867 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source. 868 /// 869 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E); 870 871 void PrintStats() const; 872 873 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional 874 /// template instantiation stacks. 875 /// 876 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder 877 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is 878 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder 879 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template 880 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as 881 /// well. 882 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder { 883 Sema &SemaRef; 884 unsigned DiagID; 885 886 public: 887 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID) 888 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { } 889 890 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() { 891 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do. 892 if (!isActive()) return; 893 894 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying 895 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it 896 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor. 897 // 898 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will 899 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be 900 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder 901 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to 902 // eliminate that code. 903 FlushCounts(); 904 Clear(); 905 906 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic. 907 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID); 908 } 909 }; 910 911 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic. 912 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) { 913 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID); 914 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID); 915 } 916 917 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic. 918 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD); 919 920 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic. 921 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h 922 923 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name); 924 925 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type. 926 std::string getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T) const; 927 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T) const; 928 929 ExprResult Owned(Expr* E) { return E; } 930 ExprResult Owned(ExprResult R) { return R; } 931 StmtResult Owned(Stmt* S) { return S; } 932 933 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit(); 934 935 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles(); 936 937 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx); 938 939 void PushFunctionScope(); 940 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block); 941 void PushLambdaScope(CXXRecordDecl *Lambda, CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator); 942 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD, 943 RecordDecl *RD, 944 CapturedRegionKind K); 945 void PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP =0, 946 const Decl *D = 0, const BlockExpr *blkExpr = 0); 947 948 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const { 949 return FunctionScopes.back(); 950 } 951 952 void PushCompoundScope(); 953 void PopCompoundScope(); 954 955 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const; 956 957 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const; 958 959 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any. 960 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock(); 961 962 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda expression, if any. 963 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda(); 964 965 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any. 966 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion(); 967 968 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls 969 SmallVector<Decl*,2> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; } 970 971 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment); 972 973 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 974 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp. 975 // 976 977 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs, 978 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 979 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA, 980 const DeclSpec *DS = 0); 981 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T, 982 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 983 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef, 984 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 985 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM, 986 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals, 987 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity); 988 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize, 989 SourceLocation AttrLoc); 990 991 /// \brief Build a function type. 992 /// 993 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and 994 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have 995 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates 996 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much 997 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case. 998 /// 999 /// \param T The return type of the function. 1000 /// 1001 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array 1002 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the 1003 /// function parameters. 1004 /// 1005 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this 1006 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the 1007 /// type that will have function type. 1008 /// 1009 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function 1010 /// type, if known. 1011 /// 1012 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will 1013 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype. 1014 /// 1015 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The 1016 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType. 1017 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 1018 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T, 1019 llvm::MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes, 1020 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity, 1021 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 1022 1023 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class, 1024 SourceLocation Loc, 1025 DeclarationName Entity); 1026 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T, 1027 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 1028 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T); 1029 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 1030 1031 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S); 1032 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy); 1033 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T, 1034 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo); 1035 1036 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType. 1037 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1038 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D); 1039 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name); 1040 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty, TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = 0); 1041 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E); 1042 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 1043 const FunctionProtoType *FPT); 1044 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, const SourceRange &Range); 1045 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T); 1046 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New); 1047 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1048 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1049 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc); 1050 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec( 1051 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1052 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc, 1053 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc, 1054 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = 0, 1055 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = 0, 1056 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false, 1057 bool IsOperatorNew = false); 1058 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset( 1059 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1060 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 1061 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc); 1062 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID, 1063 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc, 1064 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc); 1065 1066 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1067 1068 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype' 1069 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type. 1070 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc); 1071 1072 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types. 1073 struct TypeDiagnoser { 1074 bool Suppressed; 1075 1076 TypeDiagnoser(bool Suppressed = false) : Suppressed(Suppressed) { } 1077 1078 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0; 1079 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {} 1080 }; 1081 1082 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; } 1083 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; } 1084 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; } 1085 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; } 1086 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; } 1087 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; } 1088 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) { 1089 return II; 1090 } 1091 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; } 1092 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; } 1093 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; } 1094 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; } 1095 static SourceRange getPrintable(Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); } 1096 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();} 1097 1098 template<typename T1> 1099 class BoundTypeDiagnoser1 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1100 unsigned DiagID; 1101 const T1 &Arg1; 1102 1103 public: 1104 BoundTypeDiagnoser1(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) 1105 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1) { } 1106 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1107 if (Suppressed) return; 1108 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << T; 1109 } 1110 1111 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser1() { } 1112 }; 1113 1114 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1115 class BoundTypeDiagnoser2 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1116 unsigned DiagID; 1117 const T1 &Arg1; 1118 const T2 &Arg2; 1119 1120 public: 1121 BoundTypeDiagnoser2(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1122 const T2 &Arg2) 1123 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1124 Arg2(Arg2) { } 1125 1126 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1127 if (Suppressed) return; 1128 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << T; 1129 } 1130 1131 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser2() { } 1132 }; 1133 1134 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1135 class BoundTypeDiagnoser3 : public TypeDiagnoser { 1136 unsigned DiagID; 1137 const T1 &Arg1; 1138 const T2 &Arg2; 1139 const T3 &Arg3; 1140 1141 public: 1142 BoundTypeDiagnoser3(unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1143 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) 1144 : TypeDiagnoser(DiagID == 0), DiagID(DiagID), Arg1(Arg1), 1145 Arg2(Arg2), Arg3(Arg3) { } 1146 1147 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) { 1148 if (Suppressed) return; 1149 S.Diag(Loc, DiagID) 1150 << getPrintable(Arg1) << getPrintable(Arg2) << getPrintable(Arg3) << T; 1151 } 1152 1153 virtual ~BoundTypeDiagnoser3() { } 1154 }; 1155 1156 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1157 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1158 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1159 unsigned DiagID); 1160 1161 template<typename T1> 1162 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1163 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1164 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1165 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1166 } 1167 1168 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1169 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1170 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1171 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1172 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1173 } 1174 1175 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1176 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1177 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1178 const T3 &Arg3) { 1179 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1180 Arg3); 1181 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1182 } 1183 1184 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1185 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID); 1186 1187 template<typename T1> 1188 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1189 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1190 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1191 } 1192 1193 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1194 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1195 const T2 &Arg2) { 1196 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1197 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1198 } 1199 1200 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1201 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, 1202 const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 1203 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1204 Arg3); 1205 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser); 1206 } 1207 1208 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1209 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 1210 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID); 1211 1212 template<typename T1> 1213 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1214 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1) { 1215 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 1216 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1217 } 1218 1219 template<typename T1, typename T2> 1220 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1221 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 1222 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 1223 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1224 } 1225 1226 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 1227 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 1228 unsigned DiagID, const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, 1229 const T3 &Arg3) { 1230 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, 1231 Arg3); 1232 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 1233 } 1234 1235 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 1236 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T); 1237 1238 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1239 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 1240 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType, 1241 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind, 1242 SourceLocation Loc); 1243 1244 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 1245 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp. 1246 // 1247 1248 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants 1249 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no 1250 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches 1251 /// them into the FunctionDecl. 1252 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope; 1253 /// Nonzero if we are currently parsing a function declarator. This is a counter 1254 /// as opposed to a boolean so we can deal with nested function declarators 1255 /// such as: 1256 /// void f(void (*g)(), ...) 1257 unsigned InFunctionDeclarator; 1258 1259 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = 0); 1260 1261 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors(); 1262 1263 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const; 1264 1265 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1266 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 1267 bool isClassName = false, 1268 bool HasTrailingDot = false, 1269 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(), 1270 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false, 1271 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false, 1272 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = 0); 1273 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S); 1274 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S); 1275 bool DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 1276 SourceLocation IILoc, 1277 Scope *S, 1278 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 1279 ParsedType &SuggestedType); 1280 1281 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed 1282 /// by \c ClassifyName(). 1283 enum NameClassificationKind { 1284 NC_Unknown, 1285 NC_Error, 1286 NC_Keyword, 1287 NC_Type, 1288 NC_Expression, 1289 NC_NestedNameSpecifier, 1290 NC_TypeTemplate, 1291 NC_FunctionTemplate 1292 }; 1293 1294 class NameClassification { 1295 NameClassificationKind Kind; 1296 ExprResult Expr; 1297 TemplateName Template; 1298 ParsedType Type; 1299 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword; 1300 1301 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {} 1302 1303 public: 1304 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {} 1305 1306 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {} 1307 1308 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword) 1309 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { } 1310 1311 static NameClassification Error() { 1312 return NameClassification(NC_Error); 1313 } 1314 1315 static NameClassification Unknown() { 1316 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown); 1317 } 1318 1319 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() { 1320 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier); 1321 } 1322 1323 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1324 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate); 1325 Result.Template = Name; 1326 return Result; 1327 } 1328 1329 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) { 1330 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate); 1331 Result.Template = Name; 1332 return Result; 1333 } 1334 1335 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; } 1336 1337 ParsedType getType() const { 1338 assert(Kind == NC_Type); 1339 return Type; 1340 } 1341 1342 ExprResult getExpression() const { 1343 assert(Kind == NC_Expression); 1344 return Expr; 1345 } 1346 1347 TemplateName getTemplateName() const { 1348 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1349 return Template; 1350 } 1351 1352 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const { 1353 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate); 1354 return Kind == NC_TypeTemplate? TNK_Type_template : TNK_Function_template; 1355 } 1356 }; 1357 1358 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on 1359 /// the results of name lookup and the following token. 1360 /// 1361 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct 1362 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt 1363 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name. 1364 /// 1365 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup. 1366 /// 1367 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name. 1368 /// 1369 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name, 1370 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly. 1371 /// 1372 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier. 1373 /// 1374 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help 1375 /// disambiguate the name. 1376 /// 1377 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary 1378 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an 1379 /// expression. 1380 /// 1381 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired. 1382 NameClassification ClassifyName(Scope *S, 1383 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1384 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 1385 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1386 const Token &NextToken, 1387 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 1388 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 1389 1390 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1391 1392 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1393 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 1394 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 1395 const LookupResult &Previous, 1396 Scope *S); 1397 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info); 1398 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 1399 DeclarationName Name, 1400 SourceLocation Loc); 1401 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS); 1402 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R); 1403 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D); 1404 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange); 1405 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D); 1406 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1407 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1408 LookupResult &Previous); 1409 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D, 1410 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration); 1411 NamedDecl* ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1412 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1413 LookupResult &Previous, 1414 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists); 1415 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration 1416 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous); 1417 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD); 1418 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var); 1419 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D); 1420 void ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator(); 1421 void ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator(); 1422 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 1423 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1424 LookupResult &Previous, 1425 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 1426 bool &AddToScope); 1427 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1428 void checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param); 1429 1430 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD); 1431 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body); 1432 1433 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1434 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration 1435 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, 1436 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous, 1437 bool IsExplicitSpecialization); 1438 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D); 1439 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1440 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 1441 SourceLocation Loc, 1442 QualType T); 1443 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 1444 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 1445 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 1446 StorageClass SC); 1447 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1448 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1449 Expr *defarg); 1450 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param, 1451 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1452 SourceLocation ArgLoc); 1453 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param); 1454 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg, 1455 SourceLocation EqualLoc); 1456 1457 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit, 1458 bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1459 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto); 1460 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl); 1461 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D); 1462 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc); 1463 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc); 1464 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D); 1465 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 1466 Decl **Group, 1467 unsigned NumDecls); 1468 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls, 1469 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 1470 1471 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached 1472 /// documentation comments. 1473 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D); 1474 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls); 1475 1476 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 1477 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls); 1478 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD); 1479 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 1480 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1481 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D); 1482 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) { 1483 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D); 1484 } 1485 1486 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function 1487 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting 1488 /// code for that function. 1489 /// 1490 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in 1491 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is 1492 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14). 1493 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D); 1494 1495 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope); 1496 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body); 1497 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation); 1498 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl); 1499 1500 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an 1501 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed. 1502 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs); 1503 1504 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of 1505 /// ParmVarDecl pointers. 1506 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1507 ParmVarDecl * const *End); 1508 1509 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a 1510 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a 1511 /// specified threshold. 1512 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin, 1513 ParmVarDecl * const *End, 1514 QualType ReturnTy, 1515 NamedDecl *D); 1516 1517 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body); 1518 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 1519 SourceLocation AsmLoc, 1520 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 1521 1522 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration. 1523 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S, 1524 AttributeList *AttrList, 1525 SourceLocation SemiLoc); 1526 1527 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration. 1528 /// 1529 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any. 1530 /// 1531 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword. 1532 /// 1533 /// \param Path The module access path. 1534 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc, 1535 ModuleIdPath Path); 1536 1537 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given 1538 /// source location. 1539 /// 1540 /// This routine is typically used for error recovery, when the entity found 1541 /// by name lookup is actually hidden within a module that we know about but 1542 /// the user has forgotten to import. 1543 void createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod); 1544 1545 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1546 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const { 1547 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP); 1548 } 1549 1550 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy. 1551 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx, 1552 const Preprocessor &PP); 1553 1554 /// Scope actions. 1555 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S); 1556 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S); 1557 1558 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1559 DeclSpec &DS); 1560 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1561 DeclSpec &DS, 1562 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 1563 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false); 1564 1565 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1566 AccessSpecifier AS, 1567 RecordDecl *Record); 1568 1569 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1570 RecordDecl *Record); 1571 1572 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 1573 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 1574 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 1575 const IdentifierInfo &Name); 1576 1577 enum TagUseKind { 1578 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;' 1579 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;' 1580 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;' 1581 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;' 1582 }; 1583 1584 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 1585 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1586 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1587 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 1588 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 1589 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 1590 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 1591 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 1592 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType); 1593 1594 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc, 1595 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc, 1596 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1597 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 1598 AttributeList *Attr, 1599 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists); 1600 1601 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S, 1602 unsigned TagSpec, 1603 TagUseKind TUK, 1604 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 1605 IdentifierInfo *Name, 1606 SourceLocation TagLoc, 1607 SourceLocation NameLoc); 1608 1609 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1610 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 1611 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls); 1612 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1613 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth); 1614 1615 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1616 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1617 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1618 AccessSpecifier AS); 1619 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, 1620 SourceLocation DeclStart, 1621 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1622 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1623 AccessSpecifier AS, 1624 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr); 1625 1626 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 1627 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1628 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 1629 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1630 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 1631 SourceLocation TSSL, 1632 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 1633 Declarator *D = 0); 1634 1635 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD); 1636 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM); 1637 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 1638 bool Diagnose = false); 1639 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD); 1640 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart, 1641 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls); 1642 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart, 1643 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 1644 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility); 1645 1646 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations. 1647 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl, 1648 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, 1649 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 1650 AttributeList *AttrList); 1651 1652 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the 1653 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class, 1654 /// struct, or union). 1655 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1656 1657 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl); 1658 1659 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a 1660 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its 1661 /// member declarations. 1662 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1663 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 1664 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 1665 1666 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing 1667 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union). 1668 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl, 1669 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 1670 1671 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 1672 1673 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container 1674 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs. 1675 /// 1676 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext 1677 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1678 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC); 1679 1680 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable 1681 /// error parsing the definition of a tag. 1682 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl); 1683 1684 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 1685 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 1686 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1687 IdentifierInfo *Id, 1688 Expr *val); 1689 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI); 1690 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 1691 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, const EnumDecl *Prev); 1692 1693 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant, 1694 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 1695 AttributeList *Attrs, 1696 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val); 1697 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 1698 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl, 1699 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 1700 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr); 1701 1702 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC); 1703 1704 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped. 1705 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1706 void PopDeclContext(); 1707 1708 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1709 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1710 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1711 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S); 1712 1713 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope. 1714 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D); 1715 void ActOnExitFunctionContext(); 1716 1717 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 1718 1719 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer 1720 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently 1721 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1722 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl(); 1723 1724 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to 1725 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently 1726 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1727 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl(); 1728 1729 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method 1730 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently 1731 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context. 1732 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl(); 1733 1734 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1735 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true); 1736 1737 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the 1738 /// top level scope. 1739 /// 1740 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push. 1741 /// 1742 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration. 1743 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name); 1744 1745 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true 1746 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns 1747 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context. 1748 /// 1749 /// \param ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization When true, we are checking 1750 /// whether the declaration is in scope for the purposes of explicit template 1751 /// instantiation or specialization. The default is false. 1752 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = 0, 1753 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization = false); 1754 1755 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it 1756 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL. 1757 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC); 1758 1759 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator(). 1760 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 1761 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 1762 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New); 1763 1764 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added. 1765 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range, 1766 IdentifierInfo *Platform, 1767 VersionTuple Introduced, 1768 VersionTuple Deprecated, 1769 VersionTuple Obsoleted, 1770 bool IsUnavailable, 1771 StringRef Message, 1772 bool Override, 1773 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1774 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1775 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1776 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1777 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1778 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis, 1779 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1780 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1781 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1782 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, 1783 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1784 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Format, 1785 int FormatIdx, int FirstArg, 1786 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1787 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name, 1788 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex); 1789 1790 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability 1791 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability"). 1792 enum AvailabilityMergeKind { 1793 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all. 1794 AMK_None, 1795 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires 1796 /// an exact match. 1797 AMK_Redeclaration, 1798 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires 1799 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints. 1800 AMK_Override 1801 }; 1802 1803 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 1804 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration); 1805 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls); 1806 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *Old, Scope *S); 1807 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 1808 Scope *S); 1809 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old); 1810 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls, 1811 bool OldDeclsWereHidden); 1812 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldIsHidden); 1813 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old); 1814 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S); 1815 1816 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions 1817 // to represent what is actually causing the operation 1818 enum AssignmentAction { 1819 AA_Assigning, 1820 AA_Passing, 1821 AA_Returning, 1822 AA_Converting, 1823 AA_Initializing, 1824 AA_Sending, 1825 AA_Casting 1826 }; 1827 1828 /// C++ Overloading. 1829 enum OverloadKind { 1830 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are 1831 /// functions or function templates with different signatures. 1832 Ovl_Overload, 1833 1834 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches 1835 /// an existing declaration. 1836 Ovl_Match, 1837 1838 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a 1839 /// non-function. 1840 Ovl_NonFunction 1841 }; 1842 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S, 1843 FunctionDecl *New, 1844 const LookupResult &OldDecls, 1845 NamedDecl *&OldDecl, 1846 bool IsForUsingDecl); 1847 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl); 1848 1849 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current 1850 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored. 1851 /// 1852 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside 1853 /// an available function, false otherwise. 1854 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD); 1855 1856 ImplicitConversionSequence 1857 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1858 bool SuppressUserConversions, 1859 bool AllowExplicit, 1860 bool InOverloadResolution, 1861 bool CStyle, 1862 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion); 1863 1864 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1865 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1866 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1867 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1868 bool InOverloadResolution, 1869 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1870 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1871 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC); 1872 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1873 QualType &ConvertedType); 1874 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1875 QualType& ConvertedType); 1876 bool FunctionArgTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType, 1877 const FunctionProtoType *NewType, 1878 unsigned *ArgPos = 0); 1879 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 1880 QualType FromType, QualType ToType); 1881 1882 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E); 1883 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1884 CastKind &Kind, 1885 CXXCastPath& BasePath, 1886 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1887 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1888 bool InOverloadResolution, 1889 QualType &ConvertedType); 1890 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 1891 CastKind &Kind, 1892 CXXCastPath &BasePath, 1893 bool IgnoreBaseAccess); 1894 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1895 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 1896 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType, 1897 QualType &ResultTy); 1898 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 1899 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg); 1900 1901 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1902 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate, 1903 QualType ResultType, 1904 Expr *Value, 1905 bool AllowNRVO = true); 1906 1907 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1908 ExprResult Init); 1909 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity, 1910 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 1911 ExprResult Init, 1912 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false, 1913 bool AllowExplicit = false); 1914 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From, 1915 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 1916 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 1917 CXXMethodDecl *Method); 1918 1919 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From); 1920 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From); 1921 1922 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required. 1923 enum CCEKind { 1924 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label. 1925 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type. 1926 CCEK_TemplateArg ///< Value of a non-type template parameter. 1927 }; 1928 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T, 1929 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE); 1930 1931 /// \brief Abstract base class used to diagnose problems that occur while 1932 /// trying to convert an expression to integral or enumeration type. 1933 class ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1934 public: 1935 bool Suppress; 1936 bool SuppressConversion; 1937 1938 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false, 1939 bool SuppressConversion = false) 1940 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) { } 1941 1942 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have 1943 /// integral or enumeration type. 1944 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1945 QualType T) = 0; 1946 1947 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type. 1948 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1949 QualType T) = 0; 1950 1951 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function 1952 /// is explicit. 1953 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1954 QualType T, 1955 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1956 1957 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function. 1958 virtual DiagnosticBuilder 1959 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1960 1961 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion 1962 /// functions. 1963 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1964 QualType T) = 0; 1965 1966 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions. 1967 virtual DiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 1968 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1969 1970 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function 1971 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function). 1972 virtual DiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1973 QualType T, 1974 QualType ConvTy) = 0; 1975 1976 virtual ~ICEConvertDiagnoser() {} 1977 }; 1978 1979 ExprResult 1980 ConvertToIntegralOrEnumerationType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, 1981 ICEConvertDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 1982 bool AllowScopedEnumerations); 1983 1984 enum ObjCSubscriptKind { 1985 OS_Array, 1986 OS_Dictionary, 1987 OS_Error 1988 }; 1989 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE); 1990 1991 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as 1992 // this is used for diagnostics logic. 1993 enum ObjCLiteralKind { 1994 LK_Array, 1995 LK_Dictionary, 1996 LK_Numeric, 1997 LK_Boxed, 1998 LK_String, 1999 LK_Block, 2000 LK_None 2001 }; 2002 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE); 2003 2004 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From, 2005 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier, 2006 NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 2007 NamedDecl *Member); 2008 2009 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*. 2010 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union. 2011 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet; 2012 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet; 2013 2014 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function, 2015 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2016 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2017 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2018 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2019 bool PartialOverloading = false, 2020 bool AllowExplicit = false); 2021 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions, 2022 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2023 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2024 bool SuppressUserConversions = false, 2025 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 2026 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2027 QualType ObjectType, 2028 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2029 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2030 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2031 bool SuppressUserConversion = false); 2032 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method, 2033 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2034 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType, 2035 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2036 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2037 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2038 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2039 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl, 2040 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2041 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2042 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2043 QualType ObjectType, 2044 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification, 2045 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2046 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2047 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2048 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2049 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2050 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2051 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2052 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2053 bool SuppressUserConversions = false); 2054 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2055 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2056 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2057 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2058 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2059 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 2060 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2061 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2062 Expr *From, QualType ToType, 2063 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet); 2064 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion, 2065 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2066 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, 2067 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 2068 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2069 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2070 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2071 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2072 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2073 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange()); 2074 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys, 2075 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2076 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2077 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false, 2078 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0); 2079 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 2080 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2081 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet); 2082 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name, 2083 bool Operator, SourceLocation Loc, 2084 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2085 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 2086 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet, 2087 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2088 2089 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate 2090 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2091 2092 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates 2093 // identified by the expression Expr 2094 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr* E, QualType DestType = QualType()); 2095 2096 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return] 2097 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType 2098 // R (A) --> R(A) 2099 // R (*)(A) --> R (A) 2100 // R (&)(A) --> R (A) 2101 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A) 2102 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType); 2103 2104 FunctionDecl * 2105 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr, 2106 QualType TargetType, 2107 bool Complain, 2108 DeclAccessPair &Found, 2109 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = 0); 2110 2111 FunctionDecl *ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl, 2112 bool Complain = false, 2113 DeclAccessPair* Found = 0); 2114 2115 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization( 2116 ExprResult &SrcExpr, 2117 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false, 2118 bool Complain = false, 2119 const SourceRange& OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(), 2120 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(), 2121 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0); 2122 2123 2124 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E, 2125 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2126 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2127 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult, 2128 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 2129 FunctionDecl *Fn); 2130 2131 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2132 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2133 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet, 2134 bool PartialOverloading = false); 2135 2136 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a 2137 // range-based for loop. 2138 enum ForRangeStatus { 2139 FRS_Success, 2140 FRS_NoViableFunction, 2141 FRS_DiagnosticIssued 2142 }; 2143 2144 // An enum to represent whether something is dealing with a call to begin() 2145 // or a call to end() in a range-based for loop. 2146 enum BeginEndFunction { 2147 BEF_begin, 2148 BEF_end 2149 }; 2150 2151 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 2152 SourceLocation RangeLoc, 2153 VarDecl *Decl, 2154 BeginEndFunction BEF, 2155 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 2156 LookupResult &MemberLookup, 2157 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2158 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr); 2159 2160 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, 2161 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2162 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2163 MultiExprArg Args, 2164 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2165 Expr *ExecConfig, 2166 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true); 2167 2168 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE, 2169 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2170 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet, 2171 ExprResult *Result); 2172 2173 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2174 unsigned Opc, 2175 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2176 Expr *input); 2177 2178 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, 2179 unsigned Opc, 2180 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns, 2181 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 2182 2183 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc, 2184 SourceLocation RLoc, 2185 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx); 2186 2187 ExprResult 2188 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr, 2189 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2190 MultiExprArg Args, 2191 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2192 ExprResult 2193 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2194 MultiExprArg Args, 2195 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2196 2197 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 2198 SourceLocation OpLoc); 2199 2200 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is 2201 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location 2202 /// that best represents the call. 2203 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc, 2204 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD); 2205 2206 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions. 2207 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl **Param, ParmVarDecl **ParamEnd, 2208 bool CheckParameterNames); 2209 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD); 2210 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D); 2211 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S); 2212 2213 /// \name Name lookup 2214 /// 2215 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic 2216 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers, 2217 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or 2218 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry 2219 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup, 2220 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup. 2221 /// 2222 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria, 2223 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how 2224 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both 2225 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore 2226 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name 2227 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name 2228 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration. 2229 /// 2230 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name 2231 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation 2232 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing 2233 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup 2234 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or 2235 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name 2236 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides 2237 /// the ability to distinguish among them. 2238 //@{ 2239 2240 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform. 2241 enum LookupNameKind { 2242 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions, 2243 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names 2244 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++. 2245 LookupOrdinaryName = 0, 2246 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes, 2247 /// structs, and unions. 2248 LookupTagName, 2249 /// Label name lookup. 2250 LookupLabel, 2251 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of 2252 /// class/struct/union members. 2253 LookupMemberName, 2254 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with 2255 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name 2256 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members. 2257 LookupOperatorName, 2258 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution 2259 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object, 2260 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1). 2261 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName, 2262 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or 2263 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++ 2264 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1). 2265 LookupNamespaceName, 2266 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name, 2267 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate 2268 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration. 2269 LookupUsingDeclName, 2270 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a 2271 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that 2272 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See 2273 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6. 2274 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage, 2275 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol. 2276 LookupObjCProtocolName, 2277 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method. 2278 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam, 2279 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name. 2280 LookupAnyName 2281 }; 2282 2283 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a 2284 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference). 2285 enum RedeclarationKind { 2286 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the 2287 /// purpose of redeclaring the name. 2288 NotForRedeclaration = 0, 2289 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name, 2290 /// if an entity by that name already exists. 2291 ForRedeclaration 2292 }; 2293 2294 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator. 2295 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult { 2296 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error. 2297 LOLR_Error, 2298 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which 2299 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it. 2300 LOLR_Cooked, 2301 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects 2302 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token. 2303 LOLR_Raw, 2304 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates, 2305 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be 2306 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack. 2307 LOLR_Template 2308 }; 2309 2310 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D, 2311 CXXSpecialMember SM, 2312 bool ConstArg, 2313 bool VolatileArg, 2314 bool RValueThis, 2315 bool ConstThis, 2316 bool VolatileThis); 2317 2318private: 2319 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S); 2320 2321 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls. 2322 // 2323 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded 2324 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise. 2325 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces; 2326 2327 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal 2328 /// source. 2329 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces; 2330 2331public: 2332 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return 2333 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded. 2334 /// 2335 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle 2336 /// ambiguity and overloaded. 2337 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name, 2338 SourceLocation Loc, 2339 LookupNameKind NameKind, 2340 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2341 = NotForRedeclaration); 2342 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, 2343 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false); 2344 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx, 2345 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false); 2346 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2347 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false, 2348 bool EnteringContext = false); 2349 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc, 2350 RedeclarationKind Redecl 2351 = NotForRedeclaration); 2352 2353 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S, 2354 QualType T1, QualType T2, 2355 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions); 2356 2357 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 2358 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation()); 2359 2360 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2361 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2362 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2363 unsigned Quals); 2364 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2365 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2366 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 2367 unsigned Quals); 2368 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals, 2369 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals); 2370 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 2371 2372 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R, 2373 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys, 2374 bool AllowRawAndTemplate); 2375 bool isKnownName(StringRef name); 2376 2377 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, bool Operator, 2378 SourceLocation Loc, 2379 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2380 ADLResult &Functions); 2381 2382 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind, 2383 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2384 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2385 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind, 2386 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer, 2387 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true); 2388 2389 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo, 2390 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, 2391 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 2392 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 2393 DeclContext *MemberContext = 0, 2394 bool EnteringContext = false, 2395 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = 0); 2396 2397 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc, 2398 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 2399 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces, 2400 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses); 2401 2402 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 2403 bool ConsiderLinkage, 2404 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization); 2405 2406 bool DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result); 2407 //@} 2408 2409 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 2410 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2411 bool TypoCorrection = false); 2412 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID, 2413 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 2414 SourceLocation Loc); 2415 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II, 2416 Scope *S); 2417 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD); 2418 2419 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines. 2420 2421 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2422 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2423 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD, 2424 bool NonInheritable = true, 2425 bool Inheritable = true); 2426 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL, 2427 bool NonInheritable = true, 2428 bool Inheritable = true, 2429 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true); 2430 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl, 2431 const AttributeList *AttrList); 2432 2433 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D); 2434 2435 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value); 2436 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC, 2437 const FunctionDecl *FD = 0); 2438 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr); 2439 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D); 2440 2441 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher. 2442 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs, 2443 SourceRange Range); 2444 2445 void WarnUndefinedMethod(SourceLocation ImpLoc, ObjCMethodDecl *method, 2446 bool &IncompleteImpl, unsigned DiagID); 2447 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2448 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2449 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2450 2451 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2452 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden, 2453 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2454 2455 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method 2456 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration. 2457 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2458 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl, 2459 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl); 2460 2461 bool isPropertyReadonly(ObjCPropertyDecl *PropertyDecl, 2462 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2463 2464 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet; 2465 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap; 2466 2467 /// CheckProtocolMethodDefs - This routine checks unimplemented 2468 /// methods declared in protocol, and those referenced by it. 2469 void CheckProtocolMethodDefs(SourceLocation ImpLoc, 2470 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl, 2471 bool& IncompleteImpl, 2472 const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2473 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2474 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2475 2476 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables 2477 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface. 2478 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl, 2479 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars, 2480 SourceLocation Loc); 2481 2482 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method 2483 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation. 2484 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2485 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2486 bool IncompleteImpl = false); 2487 2488 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties 2489 /// which must be implemented by this implementation. 2490 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2491 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl); 2492 2493 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all 2494 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation. 2495 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2496 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl); 2497 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D); 2498 2499 /// CollectImmediateProperties - This routine collects all properties in 2500 /// the class and its conforming protocols; but not those it its super class. 2501 void CollectImmediateProperties(ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2502 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& PropMap, 2503 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, ObjCPropertyDecl*>& SuperPropMap); 2504 2505 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is 2506 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor 2507 /// declared in class 'IFace'. 2508 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace, 2509 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV); 2510 2511 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in 2512 /// class extensions. 2513 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S, 2514 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2515 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2516 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2517 Selector GetterSel, 2518 Selector SetterSel, 2519 const bool isAssign, 2520 const bool isReadWrite, 2521 const unsigned Attributes, 2522 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2523 bool *isOverridingProperty, 2524 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2525 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind); 2526 2527 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to 2528 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface. 2529 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S, 2530 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl, 2531 SourceLocation AtLoc, 2532 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2533 FieldDeclarator &FD, 2534 Selector GetterSel, 2535 Selector SetterSel, 2536 const bool isAssign, 2537 const bool isReadWrite, 2538 const unsigned Attributes, 2539 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten, 2540 TypeSourceInfo *T, 2541 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 2542 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 2543 2544 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via 2545 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared 2546 /// setter or getter. 2547 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2548 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl); 2549 2550 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D); 2551 2552 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID); 2553 2554 enum MethodMatchStrategy { 2555 MMS_loose, 2556 MMS_strict 2557 }; 2558 2559 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns 2560 /// true, or false, accordingly. 2561 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 2562 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod, 2563 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict); 2564 2565 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or 2566 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations. 2567 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap, 2568 const SelectorSet &ClsMap, 2569 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen, 2570 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen, 2571 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl, 2572 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl, 2573 bool &IncompleteImpl, 2574 bool ImmediateClass, 2575 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false); 2576 2577 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in 2578 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and 2579 /// warns each time an exact match is found. 2580 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP); 2581 2582 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods. 2583 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method); 2584 2585private: 2586 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global 2587 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool. 2588 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance); 2589 2590 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and 2591 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures. 2592 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2593 bool receiverIdOrClass, 2594 bool warn, bool instance); 2595 2596public: 2597 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation 2598 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate 2599 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking 2600 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown). 2601 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2602 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true); 2603 } 2604 2605 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods. 2606 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) { 2607 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false); 2608 } 2609 2610 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global 2611 /// pool. 2612 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D); 2613 2614 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2615 /// there are multiple signatures. 2616 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2617 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2618 bool warn=true) { 2619 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2620 warn, /*instance*/true); 2621 } 2622 2623 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if 2624 /// there are multiple signatures. 2625 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R, 2626 bool receiverIdOrClass=false, 2627 bool warn=true) { 2628 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass, 2629 warn, /*instance*/false); 2630 } 2631 2632 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an 2633 /// implementation. 2634 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel); 2635 2636 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require 2637 /// initialization. 2638 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI, 2639 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars); 2640 2641 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2642 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp. 2643public: 2644 class FullExprArg { 2645 public: 2646 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(0) { } 2647 2648 // FIXME: The const_cast here is ugly. RValue references would make this 2649 // much nicer (or we could duplicate a bunch of the move semantics 2650 // emulation code from Ownership.h). 2651 FullExprArg(const FullExprArg& Other) : E(Other.E) {} 2652 2653 ExprResult release() { 2654 return E; 2655 } 2656 2657 Expr *get() const { return E; } 2658 2659 Expr *operator->() { 2660 return E; 2661 } 2662 2663 private: 2664 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just 2665 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below. 2666 friend class Sema; 2667 2668 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {} 2669 2670 Expr *E; 2671 }; 2672 2673 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2674 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation()); 2675 } 2676 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) { 2677 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).release()); 2678 } 2679 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) { 2680 ExprResult FE = 2681 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(), 2682 /*DiscardedValue*/ true); 2683 return FullExprArg(FE.release()); 2684 } 2685 2686 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg); 2687 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError(); 2688 2689 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc, 2690 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false); 2691 2692 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2693 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2694 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, 2695 MultiStmtArg Elts, 2696 bool isStmtExpr); 2697 2698 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement. 2699 class CompoundScopeRAII { 2700 public: 2701 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) { 2702 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt(); 2703 } 2704 2705 ~CompoundScopeRAII() { 2706 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt(); 2707 } 2708 2709 private: 2710 Sema &S; 2711 }; 2712 2713 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl, 2714 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2715 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2716 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl); 2717 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E); 2718 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal, 2719 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal, 2720 SourceLocation ColonLoc); 2721 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt); 2722 2723 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 2724 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2725 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope); 2726 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl, 2727 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt); 2728 2729 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc, 2730 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs, 2731 Stmt *SubStmt); 2732 2733 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc, 2734 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar, 2735 Stmt *ThenVal, 2736 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal); 2737 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2738 Expr *Cond, 2739 Decl *CondVar); 2740 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc, 2741 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body); 2742 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2743 FullExprArg Cond, 2744 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body); 2745 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body, 2746 SourceLocation WhileLoc, 2747 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond, 2748 SourceLocation CondRParen); 2749 2750 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2751 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 2752 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second, 2753 Decl *SecondVar, 2754 FullExprArg Third, 2755 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2756 Stmt *Body); 2757 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc, 2758 Expr *collection); 2759 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc, 2760 Stmt *First, Expr *collection, 2761 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2762 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body); 2763 2764 enum BuildForRangeKind { 2765 /// Initial building of a for-range statement. 2766 BFRK_Build, 2767 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't 2768 /// attempt any typo-correction. 2769 BFRK_Rebuild, 2770 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any 2771 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions. 2772 BFRK_Check 2773 }; 2774 2775 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *LoopVar, 2776 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection, 2777 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2778 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2779 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc, 2780 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 2781 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl, 2782 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc, 2783 Stmt *LoopVarDecl, 2784 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 2785 BuildForRangeKind Kind); 2786 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body); 2787 2788 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2789 SourceLocation LabelLoc, 2790 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 2791 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc, 2792 SourceLocation StarLoc, 2793 Expr *DestExp); 2794 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2795 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope); 2796 2797 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope, 2798 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams); 2799 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S); 2800 void ActOnCapturedRegionError(); 2801 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD, 2802 SourceLocation Loc, 2803 unsigned NumParams); 2804 const VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E, 2805 bool AllowFunctionParameters); 2806 2807 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2808 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp); 2809 2810 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple, 2811 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs, 2812 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names, 2813 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs, 2814 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers, 2815 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 2816 2817 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 2818 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 2819 UnqualifiedId &Id, 2820 InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info, 2821 bool IsUnevaluatedContext); 2822 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member, 2823 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc); 2824 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 2825 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks, 2826 StringRef AsmString, 2827 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs, 2828 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints, 2829 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers, 2830 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs, 2831 SourceLocation EndLoc); 2832 2833 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType, 2834 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2835 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 2836 bool Invalid = false); 2837 2838 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2839 2840 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen, 2841 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body); 2842 2843 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2844 2845 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try, 2846 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally); 2847 2848 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw); 2849 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw, 2850 Scope *CurScope); 2851 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc, 2852 Expr *operand); 2853 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, 2854 Expr *SynchExpr, 2855 Stmt *SynchBody); 2856 2857 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body); 2858 2859 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2860 SourceLocation StartLoc, 2861 SourceLocation IdLoc, 2862 IdentifierInfo *Id); 2863 2864 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 2865 2866 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc, 2867 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock); 2868 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock, 2869 MultiStmtArg Handlers); 2870 2871 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ? 2872 SourceLocation TryLoc, 2873 Stmt *TryBlock, 2874 Stmt *Handler); 2875 2876 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2877 Expr *FilterExpr, 2878 Stmt *Block); 2879 2880 StmtResult ActOnSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, 2881 Stmt *Block); 2882 2883 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock); 2884 2885 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const; 2886 2887 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track 2888 /// of it. 2889 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D); 2890 2891 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression 2892 /// whose result is unused, warn. 2893 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S); 2894 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND); 2895 2896 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null 2897 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line. 2898 /// 2899 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as: 2900 /// if (condition); 2901 /// do_stuff(); 2902 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2903 const Stmt *Body, 2904 unsigned DiagID); 2905 2906 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by 2907 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body. 2908 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S, 2909 const Stmt *PossibleBody); 2910 2911 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) { 2912 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool); 2913 } 2914 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl); 2915 2916 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState; 2917 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() { 2918 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed(); 2919 } 2920 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) { 2921 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state); 2922 } 2923 2924 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool); 2925 2926 void EmitDeprecationWarning(NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message, 2927 SourceLocation Loc, 2928 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass, 2929 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty); 2930 2931 void HandleDelayedDeprecationCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 2932 2933 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc, 2934 StringRef message); 2935 2936 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 2937 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp. 2938 2939 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D); 2940 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2941 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=0); 2942 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD); 2943 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD); 2944 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD, 2945 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter, 2946 SourceLocation Loc); 2947 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc, 2948 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 2949 2950 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2951 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 2952 bool IsDecltype = false); 2953 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl }; 2954 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 2955 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 2956 bool IsDecltype = false); 2957 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 2958 2959 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 2960 2961 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E); 2962 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E); 2963 2964 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res); 2965 2966 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also 2967 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or 2968 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants 2969 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking 2970 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the 2971 // named expressions. 2972 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse); 2973 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func); 2974 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var); 2975 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E); 2976 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E); 2977 2978 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E); 2979 void CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 2980 2981 enum TryCaptureKind { 2982 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef 2983 }; 2984 2985 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 2986 /// 2987 /// \param Var The variable to capture. 2988 /// 2989 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs. 2990 /// 2991 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a 2992 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda). 2993 /// 2994 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in 2995 /// an explicit lambda capture. 2996 /// 2997 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the 2998 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether 2999 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining 3000 /// if the variable cannot be captured. 3001 /// 3002 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture 3003 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the 3004 /// variable can be captured. 3005 /// 3006 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture 3007 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be 3008 /// captured. 3009 /// 3010 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be 3011 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded. 3012 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind, 3013 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose, 3014 QualType &CaptureType, 3015 QualType &DeclRefType); 3016 3017 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable. 3018 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, 3019 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit, 3020 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation()); 3021 3022 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that 3023 /// variable will have in the given scope. 3024 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc); 3025 3026 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T); 3027 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E, 3028 bool SkipLocalVariables = false); 3029 3030 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a 3031 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was 3032 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid. 3033 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD, 3034 bool ForceComplain = false, 3035 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = 0); 3036 3037 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call. 3038 bool isExprCallable(const Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy, 3039 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads); 3040 3041 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current 3042 /// evaluation context. 3043 /// 3044 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the 3045 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic 3046 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable. 3047 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted. 3048 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement, 3049 const PartialDiagnostic &PD); 3050 3051 // Primary Expressions. 3052 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const; 3053 3054 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3055 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3056 UnqualifiedId &Id, 3057 bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand, 3058 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC = 0); 3059 3060 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id, 3061 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer, 3062 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3063 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs); 3064 3065 bool DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R, 3066 CorrectionCandidateCallback &CCC, 3067 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0, 3068 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None); 3069 3070 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S, 3071 IdentifierInfo *II, 3072 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false); 3073 3074 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3075 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3076 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3077 bool isAddressOfOperand, 3078 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3079 3080 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3081 ExprValueKind VK, 3082 SourceLocation Loc, 3083 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 3084 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, 3085 ExprValueKind VK, 3086 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3087 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0, 3088 NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3089 ExprResult 3090 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3091 SourceLocation nameLoc, 3092 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField, 3093 Expr *baseObjectExpr = 0, 3094 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation()); 3095 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3096 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3097 LookupResult &R, 3098 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3099 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3100 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3101 LookupResult &R, 3102 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3103 bool IsDefiniteInstance); 3104 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3105 const LookupResult &R, 3106 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3107 3108 ExprResult BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3109 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3110 bool IsAddressOfOperand); 3111 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3112 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3113 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3114 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3115 3116 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3117 LookupResult &R, 3118 bool NeedsADL); 3119 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3120 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3121 NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *FoundD = 0); 3122 3123 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R, 3124 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo, 3125 ArrayRef<Expr*> Args, 3126 SourceLocation LitEndLoc, 3127 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0); 3128 3129 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3130 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val); 3131 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3132 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3133 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E); 3134 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L, 3135 SourceLocation R, 3136 MultiExprArg Val); 3137 3138 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string 3139 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). 3140 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks, 3141 Scope *UDLScope = 0); 3142 3143 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3144 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3145 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3146 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3147 MultiTypeArg ArgTypes, 3148 MultiExprArg ArgExprs); 3149 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, 3150 SourceLocation DefaultLoc, 3151 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3152 Expr *ControllingExpr, 3153 TypeSourceInfo **Types, 3154 Expr **Exprs, 3155 unsigned NumAssocs); 3156 3157 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator. 3158 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc, 3159 Expr *InputExpr); 3160 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3161 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input); 3162 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3163 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input); 3164 3165 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3166 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3167 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3168 SourceRange R); 3169 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3170 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3171 ExprResult 3172 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3173 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, 3174 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx, 3175 const SourceRange &ArgRange); 3176 3177 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E); 3178 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E); 3179 3180 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3181 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3182 SourceRange ExprRange, 3183 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind); 3184 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S, 3185 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3186 IdentifierInfo &Name, 3187 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3188 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3189 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3190 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input); 3191 3192 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3193 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3194 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc, 3195 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc); 3196 3197 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3198 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3199 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3200 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3201 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3202 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3203 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3204 3205 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow 3206 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after 3207 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the 3208 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class 3209 // defines a custom operator->). 3210 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs { 3211 Scope *S; 3212 UnqualifiedId &Id; 3213 Decl *ObjCImpDecl; 3214 bool HasTrailingLParen; 3215 }; 3216 3217 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3218 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow, 3219 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3220 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3221 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3222 LookupResult &R, 3223 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs, 3224 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false, 3225 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = 0); 3226 3227 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow); 3228 ExprResult LookupMemberExpr(LookupResult &R, ExprResult &Base, 3229 bool &IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3230 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3231 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3232 bool HasTemplateArgs); 3233 3234 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType, 3235 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3236 const LookupResult &R); 3237 3238 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, 3239 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3240 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3241 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3242 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, 3243 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3244 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 3245 3246 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 3247 SourceLocation OpLoc, 3248 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 3249 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3250 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 3251 UnqualifiedId &Member, 3252 Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 3253 bool HasTrailingLParen); 3254 3255 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl); 3256 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn, 3257 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 3258 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 3259 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 3260 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3261 bool ExecConfig = false); 3262 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3263 ParmVarDecl *Param, 3264 const Expr *ArgExpr); 3265 3266 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments. 3267 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma 3268 /// locations. 3269 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3270 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3271 Expr *ExecConfig = 0, bool IsExecConfig = false); 3272 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl, 3273 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3274 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg, 3275 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3276 Expr *Config = 0, 3277 bool IsExecConfig = false); 3278 3279 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc, 3280 MultiExprArg ExecConfig, 3281 SourceLocation GGGLoc); 3282 3283 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3284 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty, 3285 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr); 3286 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3287 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3288 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3289 Expr *Op); 3290 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType); 3291 3292 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal. 3293 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3294 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E, 3295 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo); 3296 3297 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME); 3298 3299 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3300 ParsedType Ty, 3301 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3302 Expr *InitExpr); 3303 3304 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3305 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3306 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 3307 Expr *LiteralExpr); 3308 3309 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 3310 MultiExprArg InitArgList, 3311 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 3312 3313 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig, 3314 SourceLocation Loc, 3315 bool GNUSyntax, 3316 ExprResult Init); 3317 3318 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc, 3319 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3320 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 3321 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3322 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc, 3323 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3324 3325 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null 3326 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension. 3327 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 3328 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 3329 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr); 3330 3331 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo". 3332 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc, 3333 LabelDecl *TheDecl); 3334 3335 void ActOnStartStmtExpr(); 3336 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt, 3337 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})" 3338 void ActOnStmtExprError(); 3339 3340 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*) 3341 struct OffsetOfComponent { 3342 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd; 3343 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident 3344 union { 3345 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo; 3346 Expr *E; 3347 } U; 3348 }; 3349 3350 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c) 3351 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3352 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3353 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3354 unsigned NumComponents, 3355 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3356 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S, 3357 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3358 SourceLocation TypeLoc, 3359 ParsedType ParsedArgTy, 3360 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr, 3361 unsigned NumComponents, 3362 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3363 3364 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2) 3365 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3366 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, 3367 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3368 3369 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type) 3370 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty, 3371 SourceLocation RPLoc); 3372 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, 3373 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc); 3374 3375 // __null 3376 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc); 3377 3378 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E); 3379 3380 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check. 3381 enum IfExistsResult { 3382 /// \brief The symbol exists. 3383 IER_Exists, 3384 3385 /// \brief The symbol does not exist. 3386 IER_DoesNotExist, 3387 3388 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ 3389 /// from one instantiation to the next. 3390 IER_Dependent, 3391 3392 /// \brief An error occurred. 3393 IER_Error 3394 }; 3395 3396 IfExistsResult 3397 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3398 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo); 3399 3400 IfExistsResult 3401 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3402 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3403 UnqualifiedId &Name); 3404 3405 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3406 bool IsIfExists, 3407 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 3408 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo, 3409 Stmt *Nested); 3410 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 3411 bool IsIfExists, 3412 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name, 3413 Stmt *Nested); 3414 3415 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===// 3416 3417 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is 3418 /// started. 3419 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3420 3421 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments. 3422 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked. 3423 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo, 3424 Scope *CurScope); 3425 3426 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback 3427 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl. 3428 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope); 3429 3430 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement 3431 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...} 3432 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body, 3433 Scope *CurScope); 3434 3435 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===// 3436 3437 /// __builtin_astype(...) 3438 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy, 3439 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, 3440 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3441 3442 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===// 3443 3444 // Act on C++ namespaces 3445 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc, 3446 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3447 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3448 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 3449 SourceLocation LBrace, 3450 AttributeList *AttrList); 3451 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace); 3452 3453 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const; 3454 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace(); 3455 3456 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const; 3457 3458 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if 3459 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element. 3460 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element); 3461 3462 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it 3463 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found. 3464 /// 3465 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error. 3466 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc); 3467 3468 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as 3469 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2. 3470 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor); 3471 3472 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope, 3473 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3474 SourceLocation NamespcLoc, 3475 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3476 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3477 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName, 3478 AttributeList *AttrList); 3479 3480 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir); 3481 3482 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope, 3483 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc, 3484 SourceLocation AliasLoc, 3485 IdentifierInfo *Alias, 3486 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3487 SourceLocation IdentLoc, 3488 IdentifierInfo *Ident); 3489 3490 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow); 3491 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target, 3492 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls); 3493 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD, 3494 NamedDecl *Target); 3495 3496 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3497 bool isTypeName, 3498 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3499 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3500 const LookupResult &Previous); 3501 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3502 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3503 SourceLocation NameLoc); 3504 3505 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3506 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3507 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3508 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 3509 AttributeList *AttrList, 3510 bool IsInstantiation, 3511 bool IsTypeName, 3512 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3513 3514 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD); 3515 3516 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3517 AccessSpecifier AS, 3518 bool HasUsingKeyword, 3519 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3520 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3521 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3522 AttributeList *AttrList, 3523 bool IsTypeName, 3524 SourceLocation TypenameLoc); 3525 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope, 3526 AccessSpecifier AS, 3527 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3528 SourceLocation UsingLoc, 3529 UnqualifiedId &Name, 3530 AttributeList *AttrList, 3531 TypeResult Type); 3532 3533 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor, 3534 /// including handling of its default argument expressions. 3535 /// 3536 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind 3537 ExprResult 3538 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3539 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs, 3540 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization, 3541 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind, 3542 SourceRange ParenRange); 3543 3544 // FIXME: Can re remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if 3545 // the constructor can be elidable? 3546 ExprResult 3547 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType, 3548 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable, 3549 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3550 bool IsListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit, 3551 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange); 3552 3553 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating 3554 /// the default expr if needed. 3555 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc, 3556 FunctionDecl *FD, 3557 ParmVarDecl *Param); 3558 3559 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the 3560 /// constructed variable. 3561 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType); 3562 3563 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for 3564 /// implicitly-declared special member functions. 3565 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification { 3566 // Pointer to allow copying 3567 Sema *Self; 3568 // We order exception specifications thus: 3569 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11. 3570 // throw() comes next. 3571 // Then a throw(collected exceptions) 3572 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false). 3573 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it. 3574 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST; 3575 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen; 3576 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions; 3577 3578 void ClearExceptions() { 3579 ExceptionsSeen.clear(); 3580 Exceptions.clear(); 3581 } 3582 3583 public: 3584 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self) 3585 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) { 3586 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 3587 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone; 3588 } 3589 3590 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type. 3591 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const { 3592 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept && 3593 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result"); 3594 return ComputedEST; 3595 } 3596 3597 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification. 3598 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); } 3599 3600 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification. 3601 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); } 3602 3603 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data. 3604 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3605 3606 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data. 3607 void CalledExpr(Expr *E); 3608 3609 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this 3610 /// computed exception specification. 3611 void getEPI(FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const { 3612 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = getExceptionSpecType(); 3613 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic) { 3614 EPI.NumExceptions = size(); 3615 EPI.Exceptions = data(); 3616 } else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None) { 3617 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14: 3618 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of 3619 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any" 3620 EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_ComputedNoexcept; 3621 EPI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(), 3622 tok::kw_false).take(); 3623 } 3624 } 3625 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo getEPI() const { 3626 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 3627 getEPI(EPI); 3628 return EPI; 3629 } 3630 }; 3631 3632 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3633 /// copy constructor of a class will have. 3634 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3635 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, 3636 CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3637 3638 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3639 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter 3640 /// will be const. 3641 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3642 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3643 3644 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled 3645 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the 3646 /// parameter will be const. 3647 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3648 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3649 3650 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3651 /// constructor of a class will have. 3652 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3653 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3654 3655 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move 3656 /// assignment operator of a class will have. 3657 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3658 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3659 3660 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted 3661 /// destructor of a class will have. 3662 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3663 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3664 3665 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting 3666 /// constructor of a class will have. 3667 ImplicitExceptionSpecification 3668 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 3669 3670 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted 3671 /// special member function. 3672 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD); 3673 3674 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the 3675 /// extended prototype information with the results. 3676 void checkExceptionSpecification(ExceptionSpecificationType EST, 3677 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions, 3678 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges, 3679 Expr *NoexceptExpr, 3680 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions, 3681 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI); 3682 3683 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted 3684 /// definition when it is defaulted. 3685 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM, 3686 bool Diagnose = false); 3687 3688 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class. 3689 /// 3690 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3691 /// default constructor will be added. 3692 /// 3693 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor. 3694 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor( 3695 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3696 3697 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3698 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor. 3699 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3700 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3701 3702 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class. 3703 /// 3704 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3705 /// destructor will be added. 3706 /// 3707 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor. 3708 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3709 3710 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of 3711 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor. 3712 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3713 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3714 3715 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one. 3716 /// 3717 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one 3718 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared. 3719 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 3720 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 3721 3722 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class. 3723 /// 3724 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting 3725 /// constructors will be added. 3726 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3727 3728 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor. 3729 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc, 3730 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3731 3732 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class. 3733 /// 3734 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3735 /// copy constructor will be added. 3736 /// 3737 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor. 3738 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3739 3740 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3741 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor. 3742 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3743 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3744 3745 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class. 3746 /// 3747 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3748 /// move constructor will be added. 3749 /// 3750 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't 3751 /// declared. 3752 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3753 3754 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of 3755 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor. 3756 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3757 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 3758 3759 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class. 3760 /// 3761 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit 3762 /// copy assignment operator will be added. 3763 /// 3764 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3765 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3766 3767 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator. 3768 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3769 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3770 3771 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class. 3772 /// 3773 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit 3774 /// move assignment operator will be added. 3775 /// 3776 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it 3777 /// wasn't declared. 3778 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 3779 3780 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator. 3781 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 3782 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl); 3783 3784 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this 3785 /// class. 3786 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class); 3787 3788 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted 3789 /// special member function. 3790 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD); 3791 3792 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member 3793 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be. 3794 /// 3795 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3796 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3797 3798 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static 3799 /// member function. 3800 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3801 3802 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given 3803 /// static member function. 3804 /// 3805 /// \returns true if an error occurred. 3806 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method); 3807 3808 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with 3809 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise 3810 /// it simply returns the passed in expression. 3811 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E); 3812 3813 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 3814 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr, 3815 SourceLocation Loc, 3816 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs, 3817 bool AllowExplicit = false, 3818 bool IsListInitialization = false); 3819 3820 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3821 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3822 IdentifierInfo &Name); 3823 3824 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 3825 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 3826 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 3827 ParsedType ObjectType, 3828 bool EnteringContext); 3829 3830 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType); 3831 3832 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior. 3833 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType, 3834 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range); 3835 3836 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's. 3837 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3838 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3839 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc, 3840 Declarator &D, 3841 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc, 3842 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3843 Expr *E, 3844 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3845 3846 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3847 tok::TokenKind Kind, 3848 TypeSourceInfo *Ty, 3849 Expr *E, 3850 SourceRange AngleBrackets, 3851 SourceRange Parens); 3852 3853 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3854 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3855 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3856 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3857 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 3858 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3859 Expr *Operand, 3860 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3861 3862 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ). 3863 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3864 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3865 void *TyOrExpr, 3866 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3867 3868 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3869 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3870 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 3871 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3872 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 3873 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 3874 Expr *Operand, 3875 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3876 3877 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ). 3878 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, 3879 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType, 3880 void *TyOrExpr, 3881 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3882 3883 3884 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer. 3885 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc); 3886 3887 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer. 3888 /// 3889 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type. 3890 QualType getCurrentThisType(); 3891 3892 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the 3893 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases, 3894 /// this provides the type used for 'this'. 3895 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride; 3896 3897 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression 3898 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type. 3899 class CXXThisScopeRAII { 3900 Sema &S; 3901 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 3902 bool Enabled; 3903 3904 public: 3905 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled), 3906 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a 3907 /// class) along with the given qualifiers. 3908 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'. 3909 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 3910 bool Enabled = true); 3911 3912 ~CXXThisScopeRAII(); 3913 }; 3914 3915 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current 3916 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context. 3917 /// 3918 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs. 3919 /// 3920 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda 3921 /// capture list. 3922 void CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false); 3923 3924 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used 3925 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently 3926 /// being defined. 3927 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType); 3928 3929 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 3930 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3931 3932 3933 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals. 3934 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind); 3935 3936 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 3937 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc); 3938 3939 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 3940 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr); 3941 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 3942 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3943 ExprResult CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, Expr *E, 3944 bool IsThrownVarInScope); 3945 3946 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 3947 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 3948 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 3949 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 3950 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 3951 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3952 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3953 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3954 3955 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type, 3956 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 3957 MultiExprArg Exprs, 3958 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 3959 3960 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression. 3961 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 3962 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3963 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3964 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3965 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D, 3966 Expr *Initializer); 3967 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 3968 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 3969 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 3970 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 3971 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 3972 QualType AllocType, 3973 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 3974 Expr *ArraySize, 3975 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 3976 Expr *Initializer, 3977 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true); 3978 3979 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 3980 SourceRange R); 3981 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3982 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray, 3983 Expr **PlaceArgs, unsigned NumPlaceArgs, 3984 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 3985 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete); 3986 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 3987 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 3988 DeclContext *Ctx, 3989 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 3990 bool Diagnose = true); 3991 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 3992 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return, 3993 QualType Argument, 3994 bool addMallocAttr = false); 3995 3996 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 3997 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator, 3998 bool Diagnose = true); 3999 4000 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression 4001 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, 4002 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm, 4003 Expr *Operand); 4004 4005 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D); 4006 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 4007 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 4008 bool ConvertToBoolean); 4009 4010 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen, 4011 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen); 4012 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 4013 SourceLocation RParen); 4014 4015 /// ActOnUnaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4016 /// pseudo-functions. 4017 ExprResult ActOnUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4018 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4019 ParsedType Ty, 4020 SourceLocation RParen); 4021 4022 ExprResult BuildUnaryTypeTrait(UnaryTypeTrait OTT, 4023 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4024 TypeSourceInfo *T, 4025 SourceLocation RParen); 4026 4027 /// ActOnBinaryTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4028 /// pseudo-functions. 4029 ExprResult ActOnBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait OTT, 4030 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4031 ParsedType LhsTy, 4032 ParsedType RhsTy, 4033 SourceLocation RParen); 4034 4035 ExprResult BuildBinaryTypeTrait(BinaryTypeTrait BTT, 4036 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4037 TypeSourceInfo *LhsT, 4038 TypeSourceInfo *RhsT, 4039 SourceLocation RParen); 4040 4041 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions. 4042 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4043 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4044 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4045 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4046 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4047 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4048 4049 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support 4050 /// pseudo-functions. 4051 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4052 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4053 ParsedType LhsTy, 4054 Expr *DimExpr, 4055 SourceLocation RParen); 4056 4057 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4058 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4059 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4060 Expr *DimExpr, 4061 SourceLocation RParen); 4062 4063 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support 4064 /// pseudo-functions. 4065 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4066 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4067 Expr *Queried, 4068 SourceLocation RParen); 4069 4070 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET, 4071 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4072 Expr *Queried, 4073 SourceLocation RParen); 4074 4075 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, 4076 Expr *Base, 4077 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4078 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4079 ParsedType &ObjectType, 4080 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor); 4081 4082 ExprResult DiagnoseDtorReference(SourceLocation NameLoc, Expr *MemExpr); 4083 4084 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 4085 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4086 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4087 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4088 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType, 4089 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4090 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4091 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType, 4092 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4093 4094 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4095 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4096 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4097 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4098 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 4099 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4100 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4101 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName, 4102 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4103 4104 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 4105 SourceLocation OpLoc, 4106 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 4107 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 4108 const DeclSpec& DS, 4109 bool HasTrailingLParen); 4110 4111 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression 4112 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node. 4113 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression. 4114 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr); 4115 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt); 4116 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr); 4117 4118 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) { 4119 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc() 4120 : SourceLocation()); 4121 } 4122 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC, 4123 bool DiscardedValue = false, 4124 bool IsConstexpr = false); 4125 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt); 4126 4127 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type. 4128 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC); 4129 4130 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T); 4131 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4132 bool EnteringContext = false); 4133 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4134 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4135 bool isUnknownSpecialization(const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4136 4137 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'. 4138 /// 4139 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4140 /// 4141 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4142 /// 4143 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place 4144 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier. 4145 /// 4146 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4147 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation CCLoc, 4148 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4149 4150 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD); 4151 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS); 4152 4153 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4154 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4155 IdentifierInfo &II, 4156 ParsedType ObjectType); 4157 4158 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4159 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4160 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4161 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4162 QualType ObjectType, 4163 bool EnteringContext, 4164 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4165 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult, 4166 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup); 4167 4168 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'. 4169 /// 4170 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4171 /// 4172 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'. 4173 /// 4174 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier. 4175 /// 4176 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4177 /// 4178 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing 4179 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression. 4180 /// 4181 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by 4182 /// this nested-name-specifier. 4183 /// 4184 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4185 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4186 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4187 /// including this new type). 4188 /// 4189 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4190 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4191 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4192 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4193 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4194 ParsedType ObjectType, 4195 bool EnteringContext, 4196 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4197 4198 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E); 4199 4200 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4201 const DeclSpec &DS, 4202 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc); 4203 4204 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4205 IdentifierInfo &Identifier, 4206 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc, 4207 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4208 ParsedType ObjectType, 4209 bool EnteringContext); 4210 4211 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 4212 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'. 4213 /// 4214 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs. 4215 /// 4216 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input 4217 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an 4218 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier, 4219 /// including this new type). 4220 /// 4221 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 4222 /// \param TemplateName the template name. 4223 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 4224 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 4225 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 4226 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 4227 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'. 4228 /// 4229 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the 4230 /// nested-name-specifier. 4231 /// 4232 /// 4233 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 4234 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, 4235 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4236 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4237 TemplateTy TemplateName, 4238 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4239 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4240 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4241 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4242 SourceLocation CCLoc, 4243 bool EnteringContext); 4244 4245 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value 4246 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given 4247 /// nested-name-specifier. 4248 /// 4249 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier. 4250 /// 4251 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the 4252 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS. 4253 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4254 4255 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore 4256 /// the nested-name-specifier structure. 4257 /// 4258 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by 4259 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(). 4260 /// 4261 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation. 4262 /// 4263 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents 4264 /// of the annotation pointer. 4265 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation, 4266 SourceRange AnnotationRange, 4267 CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4268 4269 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4270 4271 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global 4272 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id. 4273 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be 4274 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and 4275 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called. 4276 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec. 4277 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4278 4279 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously 4280 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same 4281 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well. 4282 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the 4283 /// defining scope. 4284 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS); 4285 4286 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an 4287 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4288 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a 4289 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of 4290 /// class X. 4291 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4292 4293 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an 4294 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'. 4295 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl); 4296 4297 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type. 4298 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4299 TypeSourceInfo *Info, 4300 bool KnownDependent); 4301 4302 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression. 4303 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4304 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4305 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType, 4306 SourceLocation EndLoc, 4307 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params); 4308 4309 /// \brief Introduce the scope for a lambda expression. 4310 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *enterLambdaScope(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 4311 SourceRange IntroducerRange, 4312 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault, 4313 bool ExplicitParams, 4314 bool ExplicitResultType, 4315 bool Mutable); 4316 4317 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the 4318 /// given lambda. 4319 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI); 4320 4321 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope. 4322 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope); 4323 4324 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return 4325 /// statements present in the body. 4326 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI); 4327 4328 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start 4329 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and 4330 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the 4331 /// lambda. 4332 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 4333 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope); 4334 4335 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback 4336 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda. 4337 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope, 4338 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4339 4340 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression 4341 /// was successfully completed. 4342 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body, 4343 Scope *CurScope, 4344 bool IsInstantiation = false); 4345 4346 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4347 /// function pointer. 4348 /// 4349 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4350 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4351 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4352 /// block pointer conversion. 4353 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion( 4354 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4355 4356 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a 4357 /// block pointer. 4358 /// 4359 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills 4360 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into 4361 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the 4362 /// block pointer conversion. 4363 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc, 4364 CXXConversionDecl *Conv); 4365 4366 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation, 4367 SourceLocation ConvLocation, 4368 CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 4369 Expr *Src); 4370 4371 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals. 4372 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs, 4373 Expr **Strings, 4374 unsigned NumStrings); 4375 4376 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S); 4377 4378 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4379 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *" 4380 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable. 4381 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number); 4382 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc, 4383 bool Value); 4384 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements); 4385 4386 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the 4387 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will 4388 /// either be "NSNumber *" or "NSString *" depending on the type of 4389 /// ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type or 4390 /// "char *" or "const char *". 4391 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr); 4392 4393 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr, 4394 Expr *IndexExpr, 4395 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod, 4396 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod); 4397 4398 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR, 4399 ObjCDictionaryElement *Elements, 4400 unsigned NumElements); 4401 4402 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4403 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo, 4404 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4405 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 4406 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 4407 bool HadMultipleCandidates); 4408 4409 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc, 4410 SourceLocation EncodeLoc, 4411 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4412 ParsedType Ty, 4413 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4414 4415 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector 4416 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel, 4417 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4418 SourceLocation SelLoc, 4419 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4420 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4421 4422 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol 4423 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName, 4424 SourceLocation AtLoc, 4425 SourceLocation ProtoLoc, 4426 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4427 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc, 4428 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4429 4430 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4431 // C++ Declarations 4432 // 4433 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4434 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 4435 SourceLocation LangLoc, 4436 StringRef Lang, 4437 SourceLocation LBraceLoc); 4438 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S, 4439 Decl *LinkageSpec, 4440 SourceLocation RBraceLoc); 4441 4442 4443 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4444 // C++ Classes 4445 // 4446 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S, 4447 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = 0); 4448 4449 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access, 4450 SourceLocation ASLoc, 4451 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4452 AttributeList *Attrs = 0); 4453 4454 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 4455 Declarator &D, 4456 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4457 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS, 4458 InClassInitStyle InitStyle); 4459 void ActOnCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl, SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4460 Expr *Init); 4461 4462 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4463 Scope *S, 4464 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4465 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4466 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4467 const DeclSpec &DS, 4468 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4469 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 4470 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 4471 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4472 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4473 4474 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4475 Scope *S, 4476 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4477 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4478 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4479 const DeclSpec &DS, 4480 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4481 Expr *InitList, 4482 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4483 4484 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD, 4485 Scope *S, 4486 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4487 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase, 4488 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy, 4489 const DeclSpec &DS, 4490 SourceLocation IdLoc, 4491 Expr *Init, 4492 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4493 4494 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member, 4495 Expr *Init, 4496 SourceLocation IdLoc); 4497 4498 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType, 4499 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo, 4500 Expr *Init, 4501 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl, 4502 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4503 4504 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4505 Expr *Init, 4506 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4507 4508 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, 4509 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer); 4510 4511 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors, 4512 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None); 4513 4514 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation); 4515 4516 4517 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl, 4518 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as 4519 /// referenced. 4520 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4521 CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4522 4523 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within 4524 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the 4525 /// first use occurred. 4526 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse; 4527 4528 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been 4529 /// materialized. 4530 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses; 4531 4532 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within 4533 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is 4534 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed 4535 /// by code generation). 4536 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed; 4537 4538 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses. 4539 void LoadExternalVTableUses(); 4540 4541 typedef LazyVector<CXXRecordDecl *, ExternalSemaSource, 4542 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDynamicClasses, 2, 2> 4543 DynamicClassesType; 4544 4545 /// \brief A list of all of the dynamic classes in this translation 4546 /// unit. 4547 DynamicClassesType DynamicClasses; 4548 4549 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the 4550 /// given location. 4551 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4552 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 4553 4554 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions 4555 /// in the given class as needed. 4556 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc, 4557 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4558 4559 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given 4560 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced. 4561 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, 4562 const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4563 4564 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this 4565 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those 4566 /// vtables. 4567 /// 4568 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise. 4569 bool DefineUsedVTables(); 4570 4571 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl); 4572 4573 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl, 4574 SourceLocation ColonLoc, 4575 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits, 4576 bool AnyErrors); 4577 4578 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record); 4579 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc, 4580 Decl *TagDecl, 4581 SourceLocation LBrac, 4582 SourceLocation RBrac, 4583 AttributeList *AttrList); 4584 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls(); 4585 4586 void ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template); 4587 void ActOnReenterDeclaratorTemplateScope(Scope *S, DeclaratorDecl *D); 4588 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4589 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4590 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param); 4591 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record); 4592 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method); 4593 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record); 4594 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, bool Flag = true); 4595 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction(); 4596 4597 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4598 Expr *AssertExpr, 4599 Expr *AssertMessageExpr, 4600 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 4601 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc, 4602 Expr *AssertExpr, 4603 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr, 4604 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 4605 bool Failed); 4606 4607 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart, 4608 SourceLocation FriendLoc, 4609 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo); 4610 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4611 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4612 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4613 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams); 4614 4615 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4616 StorageClass& SC); 4617 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor); 4618 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R, 4619 StorageClass& SC); 4620 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor); 4621 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R, 4622 StorageClass& SC); 4623 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion); 4624 4625 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD); 4626 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD, 4627 const FunctionProtoType *T); 4628 void CheckDelayedExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs(); 4629 4630 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4631 // C++ Derived Classes 4632 // 4633 4634 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier 4635 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class, 4636 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4637 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4638 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4639 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4640 4641 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl, 4642 SourceRange SpecifierRange, 4643 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 4644 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access, 4645 ParsedType basetype, 4646 SourceLocation BaseLoc, 4647 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 4648 4649 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4650 unsigned NumBases); 4651 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl, CXXBaseSpecifier **Bases, 4652 unsigned NumBases); 4653 4654 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base); 4655 bool IsDerivedFrom(QualType Derived, QualType Base, CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4656 4657 // FIXME: I don't like this name. 4658 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4659 4660 bool BasePathInvolvesVirtualBase(const CXXCastPath &BasePath); 4661 4662 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4663 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4664 CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 4665 bool IgnoreAccess = false); 4666 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base, 4667 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID, 4668 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID, 4669 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 4670 DeclarationName Name, 4671 CXXCastPath *BasePath); 4672 4673 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths); 4674 4675 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4676 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4677 4678 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are 4679 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5. 4680 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4681 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4682 4683 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception 4684 /// spec is a subset of base spec. 4685 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4686 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4687 4688 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange); 4689 4690 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics. 4691 void CheckOverrideControl(Decl *D); 4692 4693 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function 4694 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to 4695 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4. 4696 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New, 4697 const CXXMethodDecl *Old); 4698 4699 4700 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4701 // C++ Access Control 4702 // 4703 4704 enum AccessResult { 4705 AR_accessible, 4706 AR_inaccessible, 4707 AR_dependent, 4708 AR_delayed 4709 }; 4710 4711 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl, 4712 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl, 4713 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS); 4714 4715 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E, 4716 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4717 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E, 4718 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4719 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc, 4720 SourceRange PlacementRange, 4721 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass, 4722 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 4723 bool Diagnose = true); 4724 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4725 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4726 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4727 AccessSpecifier Access, 4728 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false); 4729 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4730 CXXConstructorDecl *D, 4731 const InitializedEntity &Entity, 4732 AccessSpecifier Access, 4733 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag); 4734 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4735 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor, 4736 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag, 4737 QualType objectType = QualType()); 4738 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D); 4739 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc, 4740 Expr *ObjectExpr, 4741 Expr *ArgExpr, 4742 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4743 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr, 4744 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl); 4745 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc, 4746 QualType Base, QualType Derived, 4747 const CXXBasePath &Path, 4748 unsigned DiagID, 4749 bool ForceCheck = false, 4750 bool ForceUnprivileged = false); 4751 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R); 4752 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx); 4753 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl, 4754 AccessSpecifier access, 4755 QualType objectType); 4756 4757 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD, 4758 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4759 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern, 4760 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 4761 4762 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx); 4763 4764 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE 4765 /// failures rather than hard errors. 4766 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE; 4767 4768 enum AbstractDiagSelID { 4769 AbstractNone = -1, 4770 AbstractReturnType, 4771 AbstractParamType, 4772 AbstractVariableType, 4773 AbstractFieldType, 4774 AbstractIvarType, 4775 AbstractArrayType 4776 }; 4777 4778 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4779 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser); 4780 template<typename T1> 4781 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4782 unsigned DiagID, 4783 const T1 &Arg1) { 4784 BoundTypeDiagnoser1<T1> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1); 4785 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4786 } 4787 4788 template<typename T1, typename T2> 4789 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4790 unsigned DiagID, 4791 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2) { 4792 BoundTypeDiagnoser2<T1, T2> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2); 4793 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4794 } 4795 4796 template<typename T1, typename T2, typename T3> 4797 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, 4798 unsigned DiagID, 4799 const T1 &Arg1, const T2 &Arg2, const T3 &Arg3) { 4800 BoundTypeDiagnoser3<T1, T2, T3> Diagnoser(DiagID, Arg1, Arg2, Arg3); 4801 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser); 4802 } 4803 4804 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD); 4805 4806 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID, 4807 AbstractDiagSelID SelID = AbstractNone); 4808 4809 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4810 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5] 4811 // 4812 4813 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4814 4815 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl); 4816 4817 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 4818 // C++ Templates [C++ 14] 4819 // 4820 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4821 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4822 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R, 4823 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true); 4824 4825 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4826 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext, 4827 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4828 4829 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S, 4830 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4831 bool hasTemplateKeyword, 4832 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4833 ParsedType ObjectType, 4834 bool EnteringContext, 4835 TemplateTy &Template, 4836 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization); 4837 4838 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 4839 SourceLocation IILoc, 4840 Scope *S, 4841 const CXXScopeSpec *SS, 4842 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate, 4843 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind); 4844 4845 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl); 4846 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl); 4847 4848 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename, bool Ellipsis, 4849 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4850 SourceLocation KeyLoc, 4851 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4852 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4853 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position, 4854 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4855 ParsedType DefaultArg); 4856 4857 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc); 4858 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4859 unsigned Depth, 4860 unsigned Position, 4861 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4862 Expr *DefaultArg); 4863 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S, 4864 SourceLocation TmpLoc, 4865 TemplateParameterList *Params, 4866 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 4867 IdentifierInfo *ParamName, 4868 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc, 4869 unsigned Depth, 4870 unsigned Position, 4871 SourceLocation EqualLoc, 4872 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg); 4873 4874 TemplateParameterList * 4875 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth, 4876 SourceLocation ExportLoc, 4877 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4878 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4879 Decl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 4880 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4881 4882 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter 4883 /// list. 4884 enum TemplateParamListContext { 4885 TPC_ClassTemplate, 4886 TPC_FunctionTemplate, 4887 TPC_ClassTemplateMember, 4888 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate, 4889 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition, 4890 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate 4891 }; 4892 4893 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams, 4894 TemplateParameterList *OldParams, 4895 TemplateParamListContext TPC); 4896 TemplateParameterList * 4897 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, 4898 SourceLocation DeclLoc, 4899 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4900 TemplateParameterList **ParamLists, 4901 unsigned NumParamLists, 4902 bool IsFriend, 4903 bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, 4904 bool &Invalid); 4905 4906 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4907 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4908 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 4909 AttributeList *Attr, 4910 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams, 4911 AccessSpecifier AS, 4912 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4913 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists, 4914 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists); 4915 4916 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In, 4917 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out); 4918 4919 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name); 4920 4921 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template, 4922 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4923 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs); 4924 4925 TypeResult 4926 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4927 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4928 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4929 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4930 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4931 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false); 4932 4933 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id, 4934 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>. 4935 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK, 4936 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec, 4937 SourceLocation TagLoc, 4938 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4939 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4940 TemplateTy TemplateD, 4941 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 4942 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4943 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn, 4944 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 4945 4946 4947 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4948 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4949 LookupResult &R, 4950 bool RequiresADL, 4951 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4952 4953 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4954 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4955 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 4956 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs); 4957 4958 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S, 4959 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4960 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, 4961 UnqualifiedId &Name, 4962 ParsedType ObjectType, 4963 bool EnteringContext, 4964 TemplateTy &Template); 4965 4966 DeclResult 4967 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 4968 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4969 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 4970 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 4971 TemplateTy Template, 4972 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 4973 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 4974 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 4975 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 4976 AttributeList *Attr, 4977 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists); 4978 4979 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S, 4980 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4981 Declarator &D); 4982 4983 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionTemplateDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4984 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 4985 Declarator &D); 4986 4987 bool 4988 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc, 4989 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK, 4990 NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 4991 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK, 4992 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation, 4993 bool &SuppressNew); 4994 4995 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 4996 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 4997 LookupResult &Previous); 4998 4999 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD, 5000 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5001 LookupResult &Previous); 5002 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous); 5003 5004 DeclResult 5005 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5006 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5007 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5008 unsigned TagSpec, 5009 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5010 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5011 TemplateTy Template, 5012 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5013 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5014 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5015 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5016 AttributeList *Attr); 5017 5018 DeclResult 5019 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5020 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5021 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5022 unsigned TagSpec, 5023 SourceLocation KWLoc, 5024 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5025 IdentifierInfo *Name, 5026 SourceLocation NameLoc, 5027 AttributeList *Attr); 5028 5029 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S, 5030 SourceLocation ExternLoc, 5031 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5032 Declarator &D); 5033 5034 TemplateArgumentLoc 5035 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template, 5036 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5037 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5038 Decl *Param, 5039 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5040 5041 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template 5042 /// argument is being checked. 5043 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind { 5044 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was 5045 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments. 5046 CTAK_Specified, 5047 5048 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument 5049 /// deduction. 5050 CTAK_Deduced, 5051 5052 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound 5053 /// via template argument deduction. 5054 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound 5055 }; 5056 5057 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param, 5058 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5059 NamedDecl *Template, 5060 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5061 SourceLocation RAngleLoc, 5062 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex, 5063 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5064 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5065 5066 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to 5067 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way. 5068 /// 5069 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being 5070 /// provided. 5071 /// 5072 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source. 5073 /// 5074 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is 5075 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of 5076 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template 5077 /// arguments. 5078 /// 5079 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is 5080 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial 5081 /// set of template arguments. 5082 /// 5083 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template 5084 /// arguments. 5085 /// 5086 /// 5087 /// \param ExpansionIntoFixedList If non-NULL, will be set true to indicate 5088 /// when the template arguments contain a pack expansion that is being 5089 /// expanded into a fixed parameter list. 5090 /// 5091 /// \returns True if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5092 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template, 5093 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5094 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs, 5095 bool PartialTemplateArgs, 5096 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted, 5097 bool *ExpansionIntoFixedList = 0); 5098 5099 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5100 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5101 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted); 5102 5103 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param, 5104 TypeSourceInfo *Arg); 5105 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5106 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg, 5107 TemplateArgument &Converted, 5108 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified); 5109 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5110 const TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg, 5111 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex); 5112 5113 ExprResult 5114 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5115 QualType ParamType, 5116 SourceLocation Loc); 5117 ExprResult 5118 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg, 5119 SourceLocation Loc); 5120 5121 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared 5122 /// for equality. 5123 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind { 5124 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates 5125 /// that might be redeclarations. 5126 /// 5127 /// \code 5128 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5129 /// template<typename T> struct X; 5130 /// \endcode 5131 TPL_TemplateMatch, 5132 5133 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template 5134 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists 5135 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations. 5136 /// 5137 /// \code 5138 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X; 5139 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X; 5140 /// \endcode 5141 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch, 5142 5143 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template 5144 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template 5145 /// template parameter. 5146 /// 5147 /// \code 5148 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X; 5149 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c; 5150 /// X<integer_c> xic; 5151 /// \endcode 5152 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch 5153 }; 5154 5155 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New, 5156 TemplateParameterList *Old, 5157 bool Complain, 5158 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind, 5159 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc 5160 = SourceLocation()); 5161 5162 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams); 5163 5164 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5165 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type". 5166 /// 5167 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5168 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5169 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5170 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example). 5171 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier. 5172 TypeResult 5173 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5174 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II, 5175 SourceLocation IdLoc); 5176 5177 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename 5178 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g., 5179 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>". 5180 /// 5181 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs. 5182 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword 5183 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::'). 5184 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any. 5185 /// \param TemplateName The template name. 5186 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name. 5187 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<'). 5188 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments. 5189 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>'). 5190 TypeResult 5191 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc, 5192 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5193 SourceLocation TemplateLoc, 5194 TemplateTy TemplateName, 5195 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc, 5196 SourceLocation LAngleLoc, 5197 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs, 5198 SourceLocation RAngleLoc); 5199 5200 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword, 5201 SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 5202 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, 5203 const IdentifierInfo &II, 5204 SourceLocation IILoc); 5205 5206 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T, 5207 SourceLocation Loc, 5208 DeclarationName Name); 5209 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS); 5210 5211 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E); 5212 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation( 5213 TemplateParameterList *Params); 5214 5215 std::string 5216 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5217 const TemplateArgumentList &Args); 5218 5219 std::string 5220 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params, 5221 const TemplateArgument *Args, 5222 unsigned NumArgs); 5223 5224 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5225 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic]) 5226 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5227 5228 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is 5229 /// being diagnosed. 5230 /// 5231 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first 5232 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic. 5233 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext { 5234 /// \brief An arbitrary expression. 5235 UPPC_Expression = 0, 5236 5237 /// \brief The base type of a class type. 5238 UPPC_BaseType, 5239 5240 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration. 5241 UPPC_DeclarationType, 5242 5243 /// \brief The type of a data member. 5244 UPPC_DataMemberType, 5245 5246 /// \brief The size of a bit-field. 5247 UPPC_BitFieldWidth, 5248 5249 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion. 5250 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression, 5251 5252 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration. 5253 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType, 5254 5255 /// \brief The enumerator value. 5256 UPPC_EnumeratorValue, 5257 5258 /// \brief A using declaration. 5259 UPPC_UsingDeclaration, 5260 5261 /// \brief A friend declaration. 5262 UPPC_FriendDeclaration, 5263 5264 /// \brief A declaration qualifier. 5265 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier, 5266 5267 /// \brief An initializer. 5268 UPPC_Initializer, 5269 5270 /// \brief A default argument. 5271 UPPC_DefaultArgument, 5272 5273 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter. 5274 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType, 5275 5276 /// \brief The type of an exception. 5277 UPPC_ExceptionType, 5278 5279 /// \brief Partial specialization. 5280 UPPC_PartialSpecialization, 5281 5282 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists. 5283 UPPC_IfExists, 5284 5285 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists. 5286 UPPC_IfNotExists, 5287 5288 /// \brief Lambda expression. 5289 UPPC_Lambda, 5290 5291 /// \brief Block expression, 5292 UPPC_Block 5293}; 5294 5295 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs. 5296 /// 5297 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic. 5298 /// 5299 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded 5300 /// parameter packs. 5301 /// 5302 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs. 5303 /// 5304 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5305 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc, 5306 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC, 5307 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded); 5308 5309 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5310 /// diagnose the error. 5311 /// 5312 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted. 5313 /// 5314 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter 5315 /// packs. 5316 /// 5317 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5318 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T, 5319 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5320 5321 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter 5322 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5323 /// 5324 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded 5325 /// parameter packs. 5326 /// 5327 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5328 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E, 5329 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression); 5330 5331 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded 5332 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error. 5333 /// 5334 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for 5335 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5336 /// 5337 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5338 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5339 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5340 5341 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5342 /// diagnose the error. 5343 /// 5344 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that 5345 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs. 5346 /// 5347 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5348 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5349 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5350 5351 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack, 5352 /// diagnose the error. 5353 /// 5354 /// \param Loc The location of the template name. 5355 /// 5356 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded 5357 /// parameter packs. 5358 /// 5359 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5360 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, 5361 TemplateName Template, 5362 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5363 5364 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter 5365 /// pack, diagnose the error. 5366 /// 5367 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded 5368 /// parameter packs. 5369 /// 5370 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 5371 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5372 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC); 5373 5374 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5375 /// template argument. 5376 /// 5377 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5378 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5379 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg, 5380 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5381 5382 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5383 /// template argument. 5384 /// 5385 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find 5386 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5387 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg, 5388 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5389 5390 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5391 /// type. 5392 /// 5393 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find 5394 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5395 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T, 5396 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5397 5398 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5399 /// type. 5400 /// 5401 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find 5402 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5403 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL, 5404 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5405 5406 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5407 /// nested-name-specifier. 5408 /// 5409 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find 5410 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5411 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5412 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5413 5414 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given 5415 /// name. 5416 /// 5417 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find 5418 /// unexpanded parameter packs. 5419 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 5420 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded); 5421 5422 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an 5423 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion. 5424 /// 5425 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which 5426 /// may already be invalid. 5427 /// 5428 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5429 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg, 5430 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5431 5432 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which 5433 /// creates a pack expansion. 5434 /// 5435 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5436 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5437 /// 5438 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5439 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5440 5441 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5442 /// expansion. 5443 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern, 5444 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5445 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5446 5447 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack 5448 /// expansion. 5449 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern, 5450 SourceRange PatternRange, 5451 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5452 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5453 5454 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5455 /// creates a pack expansion. 5456 /// 5457 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5458 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5459 /// 5460 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5461 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc); 5462 5463 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which 5464 /// creates a pack expansion. 5465 /// 5466 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become 5467 /// the pattern of the pack expansion. 5468 /// 5469 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis. 5470 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5471 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions); 5472 5473 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the 5474 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly 5475 /// transforming the pattern. 5476 /// 5477 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the 5478 /// pack expansion. 5479 /// 5480 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of 5481 /// the pack expansion. 5482 /// 5483 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the 5484 /// pattern. 5485 /// 5486 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should 5487 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When 5488 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set. 5489 /// 5490 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded 5491 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used 5492 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per 5493 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9. 5494 /// 5495 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in 5496 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an 5497 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the 5498 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution) 5499 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known. 5500 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may 5501 /// set this value in other cases. 5502 /// 5503 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs 5504 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false 5505 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions) 5506 /// must be set. 5507 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, 5508 SourceRange PatternRange, 5509 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded, 5510 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5511 bool &ShouldExpand, 5512 bool &RetainExpansion, 5513 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions); 5514 5515 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion 5516 /// type. 5517 /// 5518 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is 5519 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern. 5520 /// 5521 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded. 5522 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T, 5523 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 5524 5525 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded 5526 /// parameter packs. 5527 /// 5528 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators 5529 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g., 5530 /// 5531 /// \code 5532 /// void f(T...); 5533 /// \endcode 5534 /// 5535 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or 5536 /// a variadic function. 5537 /// 5538 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs, 5539 /// false otherwise. 5540 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D); 5541 5542 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5543 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct]) 5544 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5545 5546 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction. 5547 /// 5548 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of 5549 /// template argument deduction, as returned from 5550 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo 5551 /// structure provides additional information about the results of 5552 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument 5553 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or 5554 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure. 5555 enum TemplateDeductionResult { 5556 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful. 5557 TDK_Success = 0, 5558 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing. 5559 TDK_Invalid, 5560 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template 5561 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed). 5562 TDK_InstantiationDepth, 5563 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value 5564 /// for every template parameter. 5565 TDK_Incomplete, 5566 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent 5567 /// deduced values for the given template parameter. 5568 TDK_Inconsistent, 5569 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent 5570 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would 5571 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T" 5572 /// but were given a non-const "X". 5573 TDK_Underqualified, 5574 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values 5575 /// resulted in an error. 5576 TDK_SubstitutionFailure, 5577 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the 5578 /// corresponding component of the argument. 5579 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch, 5580 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5581 /// template, there were too many call arguments. 5582 TDK_TooManyArguments, 5583 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function 5584 /// template, there were too few call arguments. 5585 TDK_TooFewArguments, 5586 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid 5587 /// template arguments for the given template. 5588 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments, 5589 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could 5590 /// not be resolved to a suitable function. 5591 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution, 5592 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know. 5593 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure 5594 }; 5595 5596 TemplateDeductionResult 5597 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial, 5598 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5599 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5600 5601 TemplateDeductionResult 5602 SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5603 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5604 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5605 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 5606 QualType *FunctionType, 5607 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5608 5609 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument 5610 // deduction for a call. 5611 struct OriginalCallArg { 5612 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType, 5613 unsigned ArgIdx, 5614 QualType OriginalArgType) 5615 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx), 5616 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { } 5617 5618 QualType OriginalParamType; 5619 unsigned ArgIdx; 5620 QualType OriginalArgType; 5621 }; 5622 5623 TemplateDeductionResult 5624 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5625 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced, 5626 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified, 5627 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5628 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5629 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = 0); 5630 5631 TemplateDeductionResult 5632 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5633 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5634 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 5635 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5636 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5637 5638 TemplateDeductionResult 5639 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5640 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5641 QualType ArgFunctionType, 5642 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5643 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5644 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5645 5646 TemplateDeductionResult 5647 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5648 QualType ToType, 5649 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization, 5650 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info); 5651 5652 TemplateDeductionResult 5653 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5654 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs, 5655 FunctionDecl *&Specialization, 5656 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info, 5657 bool InOverloadResolution = false); 5658 5659 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType. 5660 enum DeduceAutoResult { 5661 DAR_Succeeded, 5662 DAR_Failed, 5663 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed 5664 }; 5665 5666 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer, 5667 QualType &Result); 5668 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer, 5669 QualType &Result); 5670 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement); 5671 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init); 5672 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc, 5673 bool Diagnose = true); 5674 5675 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD, 5676 SourceLocation ReturnLoc, 5677 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT); 5678 5679 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1, 5680 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2, 5681 SourceLocation Loc, 5682 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5683 unsigned NumCallArguments); 5684 UnresolvedSetIterator getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, 5685 UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd, 5686 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC, 5687 unsigned NumCallArguments, 5688 SourceLocation Loc, 5689 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag, 5690 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag, 5691 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag, 5692 bool Complain = true, 5693 QualType TargetType = QualType()); 5694 5695 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl * 5696 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization( 5697 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1, 5698 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, 5699 SourceLocation Loc); 5700 5701 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 5702 bool OnlyDeduced, 5703 unsigned Depth, 5704 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used); 5705 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters( 5706 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5707 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) { 5708 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced); 5709 } 5710 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx, 5711 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5712 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced); 5713 5714 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 5715 // C++ Template Instantiation 5716 // 5717 5718 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D, 5719 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = 0, 5720 bool RelativeToPrimary = false, 5721 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = 0); 5722 5723 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress. 5724 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation { 5725 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing 5726 enum InstantiationKind { 5727 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is 5728 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl). 5729 TemplateInstantiation, 5730 5731 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template 5732 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and 5733 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template 5734 /// arguments as specified. 5735 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList 5736 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation, 5737 5738 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function. 5739 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs 5740 /// provides the template arguments as specified. 5741 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation, 5742 5743 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for 5744 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5745 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5746 5747 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of 5748 /// template argument deduction for either a class template 5749 /// partial specialization or a function template. The 5750 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or 5751 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl. 5752 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5753 5754 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new 5755 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a 5756 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl. 5757 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution, 5758 5759 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that 5760 /// has been used when naming a template-id. 5761 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking, 5762 5763 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function 5764 /// template which was deferred until it was needed. 5765 ExceptionSpecInstantiation 5766 } Kind; 5767 5768 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code. 5769 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation; 5770 5771 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are 5772 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template 5773 /// arguments. 5774 NamedDecl *Template; 5775 5776 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated. 5777 Decl *Entity; 5778 5779 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they 5780 /// are not part of the entity. 5781 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs; 5782 5783 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs. 5784 unsigned NumTemplateArgs; 5785 5786 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the 5787 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments. 5788 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo; 5789 5790 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause 5791 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class 5792 /// template instantiation. 5793 SourceRange InstantiationRange; 5794 5795 ActiveTemplateInstantiation() 5796 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(0), Entity(0), TemplateArgs(0), 5797 NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(0) {} 5798 5799 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation 5800 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth. 5801 bool isInstantiationRecord() const; 5802 5803 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5804 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5805 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind) 5806 return false; 5807 5808 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity) 5809 return false; 5810 5811 switch (X.Kind) { 5812 case TemplateInstantiation: 5813 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation: 5814 return true; 5815 5816 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5817 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking: 5818 if (X.Template != Y.Template) 5819 return false; 5820 5821 // Fall through 5822 5823 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation: 5824 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5825 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution: 5826 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation: 5827 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs; 5828 5829 } 5830 5831 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!"); 5832 } 5833 5834 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X, 5835 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) { 5836 return !(X == Y); 5837 } 5838 }; 5839 5840 /// \brief List of active template instantiations. 5841 /// 5842 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation 5843 /// requires another template instantiation, additional 5844 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a 5845 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth. 5846 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16> 5847 ActiveTemplateInstantiations; 5848 5849 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with 5850 /// template instantiation. 5851 /// 5852 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside 5853 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction. 5854 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 5855 5856 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in 5857 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and, 5858 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth. 5859 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries; 5860 5861 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation 5862 /// error or warning was produced. 5863 /// 5864 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template 5865 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the 5866 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough 5867 /// to implement it anywhere else. 5868 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext; 5869 5870 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be 5871 /// used for substitution of parameter packs. 5872 /// 5873 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs 5874 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies 5875 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution. 5876 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex; 5877 5878 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index 5879 /// within a \c Sema object. 5880 /// 5881 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information. 5882 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII { 5883 Sema &Self; 5884 int OldSubstitutionIndex; 5885 5886 public: 5887 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex) 5888 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) { 5889 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex; 5890 } 5891 5892 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() { 5893 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex; 5894 } 5895 }; 5896 5897 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII; 5898 5899 /// \brief The stack of calls expression undergoing template instantiation. 5900 /// 5901 /// The top of this stack is used by a fixit instantiating unresolved 5902 /// function calls to fix the AST to match the textual change it prints. 5903 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> CallsUndergoingInstantiation; 5904 5905 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the 5906 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument 5907 /// deduction. 5908 /// 5909 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file. 5910 llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> > 5911 SuppressedDiagnostics; 5912 5913 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template 5914 /// instantiation. 5915 /// 5916 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate 5917 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active 5918 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum 5919 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction 5920 /// produces an error and evaluates true. 5921 /// 5922 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off 5923 /// the stack. 5924 struct InstantiatingTemplate { 5925 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template, 5926 /// function template, or a member thereof. 5927 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5928 Decl *Entity, 5929 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5930 5931 struct ExceptionSpecification {}; 5932 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification 5933 /// of a function template. 5934 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5935 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification, 5936 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5937 5938 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5939 /// template-id. 5940 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5941 TemplateDecl *Template, 5942 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5943 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5944 5945 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a 5946 /// template-id. 5947 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5948 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate, 5949 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5950 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind, 5951 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5952 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5953 5954 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template 5955 /// argument deduction for a class template partial 5956 /// specialization. 5957 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5958 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec, 5959 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5960 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo, 5961 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5962 5963 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5964 ParmVarDecl *Param, 5965 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5966 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange()); 5967 5968 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a 5969 /// non-type or template template parameter. 5970 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5971 NamedDecl *Template, 5972 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5973 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5974 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5975 5976 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5977 NamedDecl *Template, 5978 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param, 5979 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5980 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5981 5982 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument 5983 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id. 5984 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 5985 TemplateDecl *Template, 5986 NamedDecl *Param, 5987 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs, 5988 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 5989 5990 5991 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template. 5992 void Clear(); 5993 5994 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); } 5995 5996 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum 5997 /// recursive template instantiations. 5998 operator bool() const { return Invalid; } 5999 6000 private: 6001 Sema &SemaRef; 6002 bool Invalid; 6003 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6004 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6005 SourceRange InstantiationRange); 6006 6007 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6008 6009 InstantiatingTemplate& 6010 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) LLVM_DELETED_FUNCTION; 6011 }; 6012 6013 void PrintInstantiationStack(); 6014 6015 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where 6016 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered 6017 /// errors. 6018 /// 6019 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context. 6020 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest 6021 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture 6022 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed. 6023 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const; 6024 6025 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that 6026 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5. 6027 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const { 6028 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() && 6029 "Must be in an expression evaluation context"); 6030 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated(); 6031 } 6032 6033 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has 6034 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument 6035 /// deduction.` 6036 class SFINAETrap { 6037 Sema &SemaRef; 6038 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors; 6039 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6040 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6041 6042 public: 6043 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false) 6044 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors), 6045 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext( 6046 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext), 6047 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE) 6048 { 6049 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext()) 6050 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true; 6051 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE; 6052 } 6053 6054 ~SFINAETrap() { 6055 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors; 6056 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext 6057 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext; 6058 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE; 6059 } 6060 6061 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped. 6062 bool hasErrorOccurred() const { 6063 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors; 6064 } 6065 }; 6066 6067 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local 6068 /// variables. 6069 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope; 6070 6071 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo. 6072 unsigned TyposCorrected; 6073 6074 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, TypoCorrection> 6075 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap; 6076 6077 /// \brief A cache containing the results of typo correction for unqualified 6078 /// name lookup. 6079 /// 6080 /// The string is the string that we corrected to (which may be empty, if 6081 /// there was no correction), while the boolean will be true when the 6082 /// string represents a keyword. 6083 UnqualifiedTyposCorrectedMap UnqualifiedTyposCorrected; 6084 6085 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings. 6086 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings; 6087 6088 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required. 6089 /// 6090 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in 6091 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily 6092 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the 6093 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation), 6094 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to, 6095 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation. 6096 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation; 6097 6098 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6099 /// but have not yet been performed. 6100 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations; 6101 6102 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required 6103 /// and must be performed within the current local scope. 6104 /// 6105 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in 6106 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their 6107 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local 6108 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc. 6109 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations; 6110 6111 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false); 6112 6113 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6114 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6115 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6116 6117 QualType SubstType(QualType T, 6118 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6119 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6120 6121 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL, 6122 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6123 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity); 6124 6125 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T, 6126 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6127 SourceLocation Loc, 6128 DeclarationName Entity, 6129 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext, 6130 unsigned ThisTypeQuals); 6131 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D, 6132 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6133 int indexAdjustment, 6134 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions, 6135 bool ExpectParameterPack); 6136 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc, 6137 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams, 6138 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6139 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, 6140 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = 0); 6141 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E, 6142 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6143 6144 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of 6145 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required. 6146 /// 6147 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into. 6148 /// 6149 /// \param NumExprs The number of expressions in \p Exprs. 6150 /// 6151 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case 6152 /// default arguments will be dropped. 6153 /// 6154 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute. 6155 /// 6156 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments. 6157 /// 6158 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise. 6159 bool SubstExprs(Expr **Exprs, unsigned NumExprs, bool IsCall, 6160 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6161 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs); 6162 6163 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S, 6164 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6165 6166 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner, 6167 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6168 6169 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E, 6170 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6171 bool CXXDirectInit); 6172 6173 bool 6174 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6175 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6176 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6177 6178 bool 6179 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6180 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern, 6181 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6182 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6183 bool Complain = true); 6184 6185 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6186 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern, 6187 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6188 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6189 6190 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute { 6191 const Attr *TmplAttr; 6192 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope; 6193 Decl *NewDecl; 6194 6195 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S, 6196 Decl *D) 6197 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D) 6198 { } 6199 }; 6200 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec; 6201 6202 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6203 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst, 6204 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = 0, 6205 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = 0); 6206 6207 bool 6208 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6209 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6210 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK, 6211 bool Complain = true); 6212 6213 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6214 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, 6215 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs, 6216 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6217 6218 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers( 6219 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6220 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec, 6221 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK); 6222 6223 NestedNameSpecifierLoc 6224 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS, 6225 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6226 6227 DeclarationNameInfo 6228 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, 6229 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6230 TemplateName 6231 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name, 6232 SourceLocation Loc, 6233 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6234 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs, 6235 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result, 6236 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6237 6238 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6239 FunctionDecl *Function); 6240 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6241 FunctionDecl *Function, 6242 bool Recursive = false, 6243 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6244 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition( 6245 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, 6246 VarDecl *Var, 6247 bool Recursive = false, 6248 bool DefinitionRequired = false); 6249 6250 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New, 6251 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl, 6252 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6253 6254 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D, 6255 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6256 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC, 6257 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs); 6258 6259 // Objective-C declarations. 6260 enum ObjCContainerKind { 6261 OCK_None = -1, 6262 OCK_Interface = 0, 6263 OCK_Protocol, 6264 OCK_Category, 6265 OCK_ClassExtension, 6266 OCK_Implementation, 6267 OCK_CategoryImplementation 6268 }; 6269 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const; 6270 6271 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6272 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6273 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6274 IdentifierInfo *SuperName, 6275 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6276 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6277 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6278 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6279 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6280 AttributeList *AttrList); 6281 6282 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias( 6283 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc, 6284 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation, 6285 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation); 6286 6287 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency( 6288 IdentifierInfo *PName, 6289 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc, 6290 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList); 6291 6292 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface( 6293 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc, 6294 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc, 6295 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6296 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6297 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc, 6298 AttributeList *AttrList); 6299 6300 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc, 6301 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6302 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6303 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName, 6304 SourceLocation CategoryLoc, 6305 Decl * const *ProtoRefs, 6306 unsigned NumProtoRefs, 6307 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs, 6308 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc); 6309 6310 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation( 6311 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc, 6312 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6313 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname, 6314 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc); 6315 6316 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc, 6317 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 6318 SourceLocation ClassLoc, 6319 IdentifierInfo *CatName, 6320 SourceLocation CatLoc); 6321 6322 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl, 6323 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls); 6324 6325 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc, 6326 IdentifierInfo **IdentList, 6327 SourceLocation *IdentLocs, 6328 unsigned NumElts); 6329 6330 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc, 6331 const IdentifierLocPair *IdentList, 6332 unsigned NumElts, 6333 AttributeList *attrList); 6334 6335 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, 6336 const IdentifierLocPair *ProtocolId, 6337 unsigned NumProtocols, 6338 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols); 6339 6340 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type. 6341 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will 6342 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy. 6343 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy, 6344 SourceLocation Loc, 6345 unsigned &Attributes, 6346 bool propertyInPrimaryClass); 6347 6348 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the 6349 /// setters and getters as needed. 6350 /// \param property The property declaration being processed 6351 /// \param CD The semantic container for the property 6352 /// \param redeclaredProperty Declaration for property if redeclared 6353 /// in class extension. 6354 /// \param lexicalDC Container for redeclaredProperty. 6355 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property, 6356 ObjCContainerDecl *CD, 6357 ObjCPropertyDecl *redeclaredProperty = 0, 6358 ObjCContainerDecl *lexicalDC = 0); 6359 6360 6361 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property, 6362 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty, 6363 const IdentifierInfo *Name); 6364 6365 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT, 6366 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID); 6367 6368 void MatchOneProtocolPropertiesInClass(Decl *CDecl, 6369 ObjCProtocolDecl *PDecl); 6370 6371 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd, 6372 Decl **allMethods = 0, unsigned allNum = 0, 6373 Decl **allProperties = 0, unsigned pNum = 0, 6374 DeclGroupPtrTy *allTUVars = 0, unsigned tuvNum = 0); 6375 6376 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc, 6377 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6378 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS, 6379 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel, 6380 bool *OverridingProperty, 6381 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6382 DeclContext *lexicalDC = 0); 6383 6384 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S, 6385 SourceLocation AtLoc, 6386 SourceLocation PropertyLoc, 6387 bool ImplKind, 6388 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId, 6389 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar, 6390 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc); 6391 6392 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind { 6393 OSMK_None, 6394 OSMK_Alloc, 6395 OSMK_New, 6396 OSMK_Copy, 6397 OSMK_RetainingInit, 6398 OSMK_NonRetainingInit 6399 }; 6400 6401 struct ObjCArgInfo { 6402 IdentifierInfo *Name; 6403 SourceLocation NameLoc; 6404 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid 6405 // in this case. 6406 ParsedType Type; 6407 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec; 6408 6409 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument. 6410 AttributeList *ArgAttrs; 6411 }; 6412 6413 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration( 6414 Scope *S, 6415 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -. 6416 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {. 6417 tok::TokenKind MethodType, 6418 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType, 6419 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel, 6420 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained 6421 // from the Sel.getNumArgs(). 6422 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo, 6423 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args 6424 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind, 6425 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition); 6426 6427 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel, 6428 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6429 bool IsInstance); 6430 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty, 6431 bool IsInstance); 6432 6433 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method); 6434 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl); 6435 6436 ExprResult 6437 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT, 6438 Expr *BaseExpr, 6439 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6440 DeclarationName MemberName, 6441 SourceLocation MemberLoc, 6442 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType, 6443 bool Super); 6444 6445 ExprResult 6446 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName, 6447 IdentifierInfo &propertyName, 6448 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc, 6449 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc); 6450 6451 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc); 6452 6453 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message 6454 /// send that starts with an identifier. 6455 enum ObjCMessageKind { 6456 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'. 6457 ObjCSuperMessage, 6458 /// \brief The message is an instance message. 6459 ObjCInstanceMessage, 6460 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type 6461 /// name. 6462 ObjCClassMessage 6463 }; 6464 6465 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S, 6466 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6467 SourceLocation NameLoc, 6468 bool IsSuper, 6469 bool HasTrailingDot, 6470 ParsedType &ReceiverType); 6471 6472 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6473 Selector Sel, 6474 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6475 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6476 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6477 MultiExprArg Args); 6478 6479 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo, 6480 QualType ReceiverType, 6481 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6482 Selector Sel, 6483 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6484 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6485 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6486 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6487 MultiExprArg Args, 6488 bool isImplicit = false); 6489 6490 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType, 6491 bool isSuperReceiver, 6492 SourceLocation Loc, 6493 Selector Sel, 6494 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6495 MultiExprArg Args); 6496 6497 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S, 6498 ParsedType Receiver, 6499 Selector Sel, 6500 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6501 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6502 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6503 MultiExprArg Args); 6504 6505 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver, 6506 QualType ReceiverType, 6507 SourceLocation SuperLoc, 6508 Selector Sel, 6509 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6510 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6511 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6512 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6513 MultiExprArg Args, 6514 bool isImplicit = false); 6515 6516 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver, 6517 QualType ReceiverType, 6518 SourceLocation Loc, 6519 Selector Sel, 6520 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 6521 MultiExprArg Args); 6522 6523 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S, 6524 Expr *Receiver, 6525 Selector Sel, 6526 SourceLocation LBracLoc, 6527 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 6528 SourceLocation RBracLoc, 6529 MultiExprArg Args); 6530 6531 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6532 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6533 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6534 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 6535 Expr *SubExpr); 6536 6537 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S, 6538 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6539 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind, 6540 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc, 6541 ParsedType Type, 6542 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6543 Expr *SubExpr); 6544 6545 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall); 6546 6547 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the 6548 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited. 6549 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod, 6550 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden); 6551 6552 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method. 6553 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind { 6554 RTC_Compatible, 6555 RTC_Incompatible, 6556 RTC_Unknown 6557 }; 6558 6559 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod, 6560 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass, 6561 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC); 6562 6563 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind { 6564 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native 6565 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural 6566 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed 6567 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power 6568 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k 6569 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset 6570 }; 6571 6572 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align. 6573 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind, 6574 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6575 6576 enum PragmaPackKind { 6577 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n]) 6578 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC. 6579 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n]) 6580 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n]) 6581 }; 6582 6583 enum PragmaMSStructKind { 6584 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off 6585 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on 6586 }; 6587 6588 enum PragmaMSCommentKind { 6589 PCK_Unknown, 6590 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...) 6591 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...) 6592 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...) 6593 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...) 6594 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...) 6595 }; 6596 6597 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...). 6598 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind, 6599 IdentifierInfo *Name, 6600 Expr *Alignment, 6601 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6602 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6603 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 6604 6605 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off]. 6606 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind); 6607 6608 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma comment(kind, "arg"). 6609 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg); 6610 6611 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'. 6612 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier, 6613 Scope *curScope, 6614 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6615 6616 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... . 6617 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType, 6618 SourceLocation PragmaLoc); 6619 6620 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II, 6621 SourceLocation Loc); 6622 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W); 6623 6624 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident. 6625 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6626 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6627 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc); 6628 6629 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed 6630 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname. 6631 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6632 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6633 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6634 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6635 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6636 6637 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident. 6638 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName, 6639 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 6640 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 6641 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc, 6642 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc); 6643 6644 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed 6645 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT 6646 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS); 6647 6648 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to 6649 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'. 6650 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6651 6652 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record. 6653 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD); 6654 6655 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext. 6656 void FreePackedContext(); 6657 6658 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a 6659 /// namespace with a visibility attribute. 6660 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr, 6661 SourceLocation Loc); 6662 6663 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used, 6664 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute. 6665 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD); 6666 6667 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used 6668 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces. 6669 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc); 6670 6671 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext. 6672 void FreeVisContext(); 6673 6674 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within 6675 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding 6676 /// the appropriate attribute. 6677 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D); 6678 6679 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration. 6680 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, 6681 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6682 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T, 6683 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion); 6684 6685 // OpenMP directives and clauses. 6686 6687 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'. 6688 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective( 6689 SourceLocation Loc, 6690 Scope *CurScope, 6691 ArrayRef<DeclarationNameInfo> IdList); 6692 /// \brief Build a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and check its correctness. 6693 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl( 6694 SourceLocation Loc, 6695 ArrayRef<DeclRefExpr *> VarList); 6696 6697 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed. 6698 enum CheckedConversionKind { 6699 /// \brief An implicit conversion. 6700 CCK_ImplicitConversion, 6701 /// \brief A C-style cast. 6702 CCK_CStyleCast, 6703 /// \brief A functional-style cast. 6704 CCK_FunctionalCast, 6705 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast. 6706 CCK_OtherCast 6707 }; 6708 6709 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit 6710 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one. 6711 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue. 6712 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK, 6713 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue, 6714 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = 0, 6715 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6716 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6717 6718 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding 6719 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type. 6720 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy); 6721 6722 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is 6723 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are 6724 /// required. 6725 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E); 6726 6727 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts 6728 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6729 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E); 6730 6731 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays 6732 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1). 6733 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E); 6734 6735 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and 6736 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the 6737 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion. 6738 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6739 6740 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on 6741 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, 6742 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array 6743 // type. 6744 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E); 6745 6746 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that 6747 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each 6748 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double. 6749 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E); 6750 6751 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion 6752 enum VariadicCallType { 6753 VariadicFunction, 6754 VariadicBlock, 6755 VariadicMethod, 6756 VariadicConstructor, 6757 VariadicDoesNotApply 6758 }; 6759 6760 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6761 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6762 Expr *Fn); 6763 6764 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a 6765 // vararg function. 6766 enum VarArgKind { 6767 VAK_Valid, 6768 VAK_ValidInCXX11, 6769 VAK_Invalid 6770 }; 6771 6772 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression. 6773 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty); 6774 6775 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various 6776 /// form of call prototypes. 6777 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, 6778 FunctionDecl *FDecl, 6779 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 6780 unsigned FirstProtoArg, 6781 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, 6782 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs, 6783 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply, 6784 bool AllowExplicit = false, 6785 bool IsListInitialization = false); 6786 6787 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but 6788 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type. 6789 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT, 6790 FunctionDecl *FDecl); 6791 6792 /// Checks to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic 6793 /// function, issuing a diagnostic and returning NULL if not. 6794 bool variadicArgumentPODCheck(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT); 6795 6796 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's 6797 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary 6798 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this 6799 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is 6800 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics. 6801 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6802 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6803 6804 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this 6805 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are 6806 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from 6807 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a 6808 /// source and destination type. 6809 enum AssignConvertType { 6810 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard. 6811 Compatible, 6812 6813 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we 6814 /// accept as an extension. 6815 PointerToInt, 6816 6817 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we 6818 /// accept as an extension. 6819 IntToPointer, 6820 6821 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and 6822 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension. 6823 FunctionVoidPointer, 6824 6825 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that 6826 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension. 6827 IncompatiblePointer, 6828 6829 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which 6830 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise 6831 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by 6832 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers. 6833 IncompatiblePointerSign, 6834 6835 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards 6836 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension. 6837 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6838 6839 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment 6840 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded, 6841 /// like address spaces. 6842 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers, 6843 6844 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two 6845 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two 6846 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an 6847 /// extension. 6848 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers, 6849 6850 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that 6851 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension. 6852 IncompatibleVectors, 6853 6854 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block 6855 /// pointer. We disallow this. 6856 IntToBlockPointer, 6857 6858 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block 6859 /// pointers types that are not compatible. 6860 IncompatibleBlockPointer, 6861 6862 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified 6863 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example, 6864 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol. 6865 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId, 6866 6867 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an 6868 /// object with __weak qualifier. 6869 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef, 6870 6871 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to 6872 /// represent it in the AST. 6873 Incompatible 6874 }; 6875 6876 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the 6877 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the 6878 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted. 6879 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy, 6880 SourceLocation Loc, 6881 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6882 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action, 6883 bool *Complained = 0); 6884 6885 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant 6886 /// integer not in the range of enum values. 6887 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType, 6888 Expr *SrcExpr); 6889 6890 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment, 6891 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values. 6892 /// C99 6.5.16. 6893 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc, 6894 QualType LHSType, 6895 QualType RHSType); 6896 6897 /// Check assignment constraints and prepare for a conversion of the 6898 /// RHS to the LHS type. 6899 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6900 ExprResult &RHS, 6901 CastKind &Kind); 6902 6903 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by 6904 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking, 6905 // this routine performs the default function/array converions. 6906 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType, 6907 ExprResult &RHS, 6908 bool Diagnose = true); 6909 6910 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we 6911 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression. 6912 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, 6913 ExprResult &RHS); 6914 6915 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6916 6917 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType); 6918 6919 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6920 AssignmentAction Action, 6921 bool AllowExplicit = false); 6922 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6923 AssignmentAction Action, 6924 bool AllowExplicit, 6925 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS); 6926 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6927 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS, 6928 AssignmentAction Action, 6929 CheckedConversionKind CCK 6930 = CCK_ImplicitConversion); 6931 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 6932 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 6933 AssignmentAction Action, 6934 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 6935 6936 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType 6937 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued). 6938 6939 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp). 6940 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS, 6941 ExprResult &RHS); 6942 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5 6943 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 6944 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect); 6945 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6946 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign, 6947 bool IsDivide); 6948 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5 6949 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6950 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6951 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6952 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6953 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6954 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6 6955 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6956 QualType* CompLHSTy = 0); 6957 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7 6958 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc, 6959 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6960 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9 6961 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned OpaqueOpc, 6962 bool isRelational); 6963 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12] 6964 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, 6965 bool IsCompAssign = false); 6966 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14] 6967 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc); 6968 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment. 6969 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type. 6970 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type. 6971 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2] 6972 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType); 6973 6974 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6975 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op); 6976 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, 6977 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode, 6978 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 6979 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E); 6980 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E); 6981 6982 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15 6983 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 6984 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 6985 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16 6986 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs, 6987 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc); 6988 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 6989 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0); 6990 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 6991 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2, 6992 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = 0) { 6993 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.take(), *E2Tmp = E2.take(); 6994 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp, 6995 NonStandardCompositeType); 6996 E1 = Owned(E1Tmp); 6997 E2 = Owned(E2Tmp); 6998 return Composite; 6999 } 7000 7001 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7002 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7003 7004 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr, 7005 SourceLocation QuestionLoc); 7006 7007 /// type checking for vector binary operators. 7008 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7009 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign); 7010 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V); 7011 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7012 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational); 7013 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 7014 SourceLocation Loc); 7015 7016 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8) 7017 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t); 7018 7019 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]). 7020 7021 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two 7022 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the 7023 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4). 7024 enum ReferenceCompareResult { 7025 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct 7026 /// reference binding is not possible. 7027 Ref_Incompatible = 0, 7028 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means 7029 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same 7030 /// or T1 is a base class of T2. 7031 Ref_Related, 7032 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are 7033 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that 7034 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1) 7035 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2). 7036 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification, 7037 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and 7038 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2). 7039 Ref_Compatible 7040 }; 7041 7042 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc, 7043 QualType T1, QualType T2, 7044 bool &DerivedToBase, 7045 bool &ObjCConversion, 7046 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion); 7047 7048 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType, 7049 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind, 7050 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path); 7051 7052 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the 7053 /// given type. 7054 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType); 7055 7056 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an 7057 /// __unknown_anytype parameter. 7058 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc, 7059 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType); 7060 7061 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors. 7062 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7063 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size. 7064 // returns true if the cast is invalid 7065 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty, 7066 CastKind &Kind); 7067 7068 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors. 7069 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this. 7070 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size, 7071 // or vectors and the element type of that vector. 7072 // returns the cast expr 7073 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr, 7074 CastKind &Kind); 7075 7076 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 7077 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 7078 Expr *CastExpr, 7079 SourceLocation RParenLoc); 7080 7081 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged }; 7082 7083 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between 7084 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds. 7085 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange, 7086 QualType castType, Expr *&op, 7087 CheckedConversionKind CCK); 7088 7089 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7090 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e); 7091 7092 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType, 7093 QualType ExprType); 7094 7095 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send 7096 /// might create an obvious retain cycle. 7097 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg); 7098 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument); 7099 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init); 7100 7101 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7102 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type. 7103 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS); 7104 7105 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned 7106 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression. 7107 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS); 7108 7109 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send. 7110 /// \param Method - May be null. 7111 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send. 7112 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types. 7113 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType, 7114 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs, Selector Sel, 7115 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, 7116 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage, 7117 bool isSuperMessage, 7118 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac, 7119 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK); 7120 7121 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on 7122 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message, 7123 /// and the form of the message send. 7124 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType, 7125 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, 7126 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage); 7127 7128 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method 7129 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened. 7130 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E); 7131 7132 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return 7133 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result 7134 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened. 7135 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType); 7136 7137 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of 7138 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if 7139 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array 7140 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable. 7141 /// 7142 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the 7143 /// 'if' keyword. 7144 /// \return true iff there were any errors 7145 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc); 7146 7147 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc, 7148 Expr *SubExpr); 7149 7150 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is 7151 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment. 7152 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E); 7153 7154 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate 7155 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition. 7156 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE); 7157 7158 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid. 7159 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr); 7160 7161 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have 7162 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit 7163 /// the specified diagnostic. 7164 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal, 7165 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign, 7166 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID); 7167 7168 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope. 7169 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared 7170 /// in the global scope. 7171 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D); 7172 7173 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant 7174 /// expression violations. 7175 class VerifyICEDiagnoser { 7176 public: 7177 bool Suppress; 7178 7179 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { } 7180 7181 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0; 7182 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR); 7183 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { } 7184 }; 7185 7186 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE, 7187 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success. 7188 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression. 7189 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7190 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser, 7191 bool AllowFold = true); 7192 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result, 7193 unsigned DiagID, 7194 bool AllowFold = true); 7195 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result=0); 7196 7197 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has 7198 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid. 7199 /// Returns false on success. 7200 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0 7201 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 7202 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth, 7203 bool *ZeroWidth = 0); 7204 7205 enum CUDAFunctionTarget { 7206 CFT_Device, 7207 CFT_Global, 7208 CFT_Host, 7209 CFT_HostDevice 7210 }; 7211 7212 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D); 7213 7214 bool CheckCUDATarget(CUDAFunctionTarget CallerTarget, 7215 CUDAFunctionTarget CalleeTarget); 7216 7217 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee) { 7218 return CheckCUDATarget(IdentifyCUDATarget(Caller), 7219 IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee)); 7220 } 7221 7222 /// \name Code completion 7223 //@{ 7224 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs. 7225 enum ParserCompletionContext { 7226 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context. 7227 PCC_Namespace, 7228 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union. 7229 PCC_Class, 7230 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol, 7231 /// or category. 7232 PCC_ObjCInterface, 7233 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or 7234 /// category implementation 7235 PCC_ObjCImplementation, 7236 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables 7237 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation. 7238 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList, 7239 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7240 /// headers. 7241 PCC_Template, 7242 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template 7243 /// headers within a class. 7244 PCC_MemberTemplate, 7245 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression. 7246 PCC_Expression, 7247 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may 7248 /// also be an expression or a declaration. 7249 PCC_Statement, 7250 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the 7251 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop. 7252 PCC_ForInit, 7253 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if, 7254 /// while, switch, or for statement. 7255 PCC_Condition, 7256 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a 7257 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position 7258 /// in the grammar. 7259 PCC_RecoveryInFunction, 7260 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted. 7261 PCC_Type, 7262 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which 7263 /// might also be a type cast. 7264 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression, 7265 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration 7266 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block. 7267 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers 7268 }; 7269 7270 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path); 7271 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S, 7272 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext); 7273 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 7274 bool AllowNonIdentifiers, 7275 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers); 7276 7277 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData; 7278 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S, 7279 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data); 7280 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 7281 SourceLocation OpLoc, 7282 bool IsArrow); 7283 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS); 7284 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec); 7285 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS); 7286 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S); 7287 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args); 7288 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D); 7289 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S); 7290 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S); 7291 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS); 7292 7293 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 7294 bool EnteringContext); 7295 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S); 7296 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S); 7297 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S); 7298 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S); 7299 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S); 7300 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(Decl *Constructor, 7301 CXXCtorInitializer** Initializers, 7302 unsigned NumInitializers); 7303 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro, 7304 bool AfterAmpersand); 7305 7306 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S); 7307 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S); 7308 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S); 7309 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S); 7310 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS); 7311 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S); 7312 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S); 7313 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS, 7314 bool IsParameter); 7315 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S); 7316 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc, 7317 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7318 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7319 bool AtArgumentExpression); 7320 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver, 7321 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7322 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7323 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7324 bool IsSuper = false); 7325 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver, 7326 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7327 unsigned NumSelIdents, 7328 bool AtArgumentExpression, 7329 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = 0); 7330 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S, 7331 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar); 7332 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S, 7333 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7334 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7335 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(IdentifierLocPair *Protocols, 7336 unsigned NumProtocols); 7337 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S); 7338 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S); 7339 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S, 7340 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7341 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7342 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S); 7343 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S, 7344 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7345 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7346 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S, 7347 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, 7348 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc); 7349 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S); 7350 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S, 7351 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName); 7352 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S, 7353 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7354 ParsedType ReturnType); 7355 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S, 7356 bool IsInstanceMethod, 7357 bool AtParameterName, 7358 ParsedType ReturnType, 7359 IdentifierInfo **SelIdents, 7360 unsigned NumSelIdents); 7361 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional); 7362 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S); 7363 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition); 7364 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression(); 7365 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S, 7366 IdentifierInfo *Macro, 7367 MacroInfo *MacroInfo, 7368 unsigned Argument); 7369 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage(); 7370 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator, 7371 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo, 7372 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results); 7373 //@} 7374 7375 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===// 7376 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system 7377 7378public: 7379 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL, 7380 unsigned ByteNo) const; 7381 7382private: 7383 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr, 7384 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=0, 7385 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false); 7386 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E); 7387 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a 7388 // FunctionDeclaration. 7389 struct FormatStringInfo { 7390 unsigned FormatIdx; 7391 unsigned FirstDataArg; 7392 bool HasVAListArg; 7393 }; 7394 7395 bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember, 7396 FormatStringInfo *FSI); 7397 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7398 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7399 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc, 7400 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args); 7401 bool CheckBlockCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall, 7402 const FunctionProtoType *Proto); 7403 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, 7404 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7405 const FunctionProtoType *Proto, 7406 SourceLocation Loc); 7407 7408 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7409 unsigned NumProtoArgs, bool IsMemberFunction, 7410 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range, 7411 VariadicCallType CallType); 7412 7413 7414 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg); 7415 7416 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7417 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7418 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall); 7419 7420 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall); 7421 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall); 7422 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs); 7423 7424public: 7425 // Used by C++ template instantiation. 7426 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall); 7427 7428private: 7429 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall); 7430 bool SemaBuiltinObjectSize(CallExpr *TheCall); 7431 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall); 7432 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult); 7433 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult, 7434 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op); 7435 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum, 7436 llvm::APSInt &Result); 7437 7438 enum FormatStringType { 7439 FST_Scanf, 7440 FST_Printf, 7441 FST_NSString, 7442 FST_Strftime, 7443 FST_Strfmon, 7444 FST_Kprintf, 7445 FST_Unknown 7446 }; 7447 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format); 7448 7449 enum StringLiteralCheckType { 7450 SLCT_NotALiteral, 7451 SLCT_UncheckedLiteral, 7452 SLCT_CheckedLiteral 7453 }; 7454 7455 StringLiteralCheckType checkFormatStringExpr(const Expr *E, 7456 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7457 bool HasVAListArg, 7458 unsigned format_idx, 7459 unsigned firstDataArg, 7460 FormatStringType Type, 7461 VariadicCallType CallType, 7462 bool inFunctionCall = true); 7463 7464 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr, 7465 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg, 7466 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg, 7467 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall, 7468 VariadicCallType CallType); 7469 7470 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format, 7471 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7472 bool IsCXXMember, 7473 VariadicCallType CallType, 7474 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range); 7475 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, 7476 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx, 7477 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type, 7478 VariadicCallType CallType, 7479 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range); 7480 7481 void CheckNonNullArguments(const NonNullAttr *NonNull, 7482 const Expr * const *ExprArgs, 7483 SourceLocation CallSiteLoc); 7484 7485 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7486 unsigned BId, 7487 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7488 7489 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7490 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7491 7492 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call, 7493 IdentifierInfo *FnName); 7494 7495 void CheckReturnStackAddr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType, 7496 SourceLocation ReturnLoc); 7497 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS); 7498 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation()); 7499 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E); 7500 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E); 7501 7502 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either 7503 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression. 7504 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(), 7505 bool IsConstexpr = false); 7506 7507 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field, 7508 Expr *Init); 7509 7510public: 7511 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag. 7512 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind, 7513 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type, 7514 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull); 7515 7516 struct TypeTagData { 7517 TypeTagData() {} 7518 7519 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) : 7520 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible), 7521 MustBeNull(MustBeNull) 7522 {} 7523 7524 QualType Type; 7525 7526 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for 7527 /// layout-compatibility. 7528 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1; 7529 unsigned MustBeNull : 1; 7530 }; 7531 7532 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely 7533 /// identifies the magic value. 7534 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue; 7535 7536private: 7537 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information. 7538 OwningPtr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData> > 7539 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues; 7540 7541 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag 7542 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes. 7543 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr, 7544 const Expr * const *ExprArgs); 7545 7546 /// \brief The parser's current scope. 7547 /// 7548 /// The parser maintains this state here. 7549 Scope *CurScope; 7550 7551 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super; 7552 7553protected: 7554 friend class Parser; 7555 friend class InitializationSequence; 7556 friend class ASTReader; 7557 friend class ASTWriter; 7558 7559public: 7560 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope. 7561 /// 7562 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis 7563 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case 7564 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation. 7565 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser 7566 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from 7567 /// template substitution or instantiation. 7568 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; } 7569 7570 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const; 7571 7572 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const; 7573 7574 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const { 7575 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext; 7576 } 7577 7578 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const; 7579 7580 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const { 7581 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext(); 7582 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface. 7583 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)) 7584 DC = CatD->getClassInterface(); 7585 return DC; 7586 } 7587}; 7588 7589/// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context. 7590class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext { 7591 Sema &Actions; 7592 7593public: 7594 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7595 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7596 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = 0, 7597 bool IsDecltype = false) 7598 : Actions(Actions) { 7599 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl, 7600 IsDecltype); 7601 } 7602 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions, 7603 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext, 7604 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t, 7605 bool IsDecltype = false) 7606 : Actions(Actions) { 7607 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, 7608 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl, 7609 IsDecltype); 7610 } 7611 7612 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() { 7613 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext(); 7614 } 7615}; 7616 7617} // end namespace clang 7618 7619#endif 7620